Contents

Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 491
1 of 491

Summary of Content for Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual PDF

OWNER'S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub- lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip- tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

F2

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per- formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limit- ed warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifi- cations may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec- tion and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc- tions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precau- tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DAN- GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

WARNING

F3

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:

Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com

Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

F4

INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construc- tion of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's con- trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom- mended that all service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor- tant operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

F5

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts? HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, per- formance, and reliability for our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts? HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imita- tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty. In addition, any damage to or fail- ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or fail- ure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur- chasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts? Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below). HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export- ed to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English. HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

F6

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter. To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabet- ical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found. For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safe- ty precautions and operating proce- dures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle. Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks. Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.

This is the safety alert sym- bol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury haz- ards. Obey all safety mes- sages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert sym- bol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING

SAFETY MESSAGES

F7

Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.

Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)

To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.

Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alco- hol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gaso- line. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline. Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and dam- age to the fuel system, engine con- trol system and emission control sys- tem. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.

NOTICE

NOTICE

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moder- ate injury.

CAUTION

Do not "top off" after the noz- zle automatically shuts off when refueling.

Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to pre- vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

WARNING

F8

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufac- tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati- ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine perform- ance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.

To prevent damage to your vehicles engine and fuel system: Never use gasohol which con-

tains methanol. Never use gasohol containing

more than 15% ethanol. Never use leaded fuel or leaded

gasohol. Never use "E85" fuel. Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any perform- ance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) Using fuel additives such as: - Silicone fuel additive - Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive - Other metallic-based fuel additives may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, dam- age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor- rosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain. - The Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

Damage to the fuel system or per- formance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT. This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis- sion control system. The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.

Detergent Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- vent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more details on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).

NOTICE

NOTICE

F9

Introduction

For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, deter- gent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the mainte- nance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7). Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance. Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

This vehicle should not be modi- fied. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emis- sions regulations. In addition, damage or perform- ance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.

If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, econo- my and life of your vehicle. Do not race the engine. While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is need- ed to properly break-in the engine.

Avoid hard stops, except in emer- gencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESSVEHICLE MODIFICATIONS

F10

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys- tems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your

vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was travel- ing.

These data can help provide a bet- ter understanding of the circum- stances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of per- sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga- tion. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Items contained in motor vehi- cles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: Gasoline and its vapors Engine exhaust Used engine oil Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi- als

Component parts which are subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi- nals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

WARNING

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Multimedia System

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Your vehicle at a glance

1

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior Overview..................................................1-2 Interior Overview ...................................................1-4 Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5 Engine Compartment .............................................1-6

1-2

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Hood......................................................3-33

2. Headlamp ....................................3-80, 7-68

3. Daytime running light (DRL)..................3-87

4. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-68

5. Tires and wheels ..................................7-37

6. Side view mirror ....................................3-22

7. Wide sunroof ........................................3-29

8. Wiper blade ..........................................7-31

9. Windows ................................................3-25 OJS018001N

Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3

Your vehicle at a glance

1

1. Door ......................................................3-13

2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-36

3. Rear combination lamp ........................7-73

4. Back-up lamp ........................................7-73

5. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-73

6. Liftgate ..................................................3-34

7. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-76

8. Defroster..............................................3-113

9. Rear view monitor ................................3-95

10. Antenna ................................................4-2 OJS018002N

Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-4

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

2. Steering wheel ......................................3-19

3. Side view mirror control ........................3-23

4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15

5. Power window lock switch......................3-28

6. Power window switches ........................3-26

7. Seat..........................................................2-3

8. Instrument panel illumination control button ........................................3-40

9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system....................................................5-55

10. Head-up display button........................3-77

11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system ......5-87

12. Hood release lever ..............................3-33

13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-20

OJS018003N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

1 1. Instrument cluster....................................3-39 2. Horn ........................................................3-20 3. Drivers front air bag ................................2-43 4. Key ignition switch/ ....................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-9 5. Light control/Turn signals ........................3-80 6. Wiper/Washer ..........................................3-91 7. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-4 8. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2 9. Manual climate control system/ ..............3-96

Automatic climate control system..........3-104 10. Passengers front air bag ......................2-43 11. Glove box ............................................3-119 12. Power outlet ........................................3-122 13. AUX, USB and iPod port ......................4-2 14. USB charger ........................................3-123 15. Manual transmission shift lever/ ............5-18

Automatic transmission shift lever/ ........5-22 Dual clutch transmission shift lever ......5-29

16. Drive mode button ................................5-51 17. ESC OFF button....................................5-45 18. Seat warmer ..........................................2-14 19. Cup holder ..........................................3-121 20. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3

Bluetooth wireless technology hands-free controls ....................................................4-4

21. Cruise controls/ ....................................5-99 Smart cruise controls ..........................5-104

OJS018004N

1-6

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23

2. Fuse box ...........................................7-52

3. Battery ..............................................7-34

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-27

5. Air cleaner.........................................7-29

6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21

7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-28

9. Radiator cap .....................................7-25

OJS078002/OJS078048L

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Nu 2.0 MPI

Safety system of your vehicle

Important safety precautions...............................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2 Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2 Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2 Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2 Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2

Seats ........................................................................2-3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4 Front Seats .........................................................................2-5 Rear Seats...........................................................................2-8 Head Restraints ...............................................................2-10 Seat Warmers...................................................................2-14

Seat belts ..............................................................2-17 Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-17 Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-18 Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-20 Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-26 Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-29

Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-30 Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-30 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-31 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-33

Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system....................................................................2-41

Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-43 How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-46 What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-51 Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-52 Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-57 SRS Care............................................................................2-62 Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-63 Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-63

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work. Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2

2-2

You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this man- ual.The safety precautions in this sec- tion are among the most important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain All Children All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, espe- cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones. Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving.To reduce your risk of distraction or get- ting into an accident: ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga- tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.

ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.

NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passen- gers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

Control Your Speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regard- less of the maximum speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such prob- lems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Safety system of your vehicle

2-3

Safety system of your vehicle

2

SEATS

OJS038001N

Front seats (1) Forward and backward (2) Seat cushion height (3) Seatback angle (4) Driver seat folding (5) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)* (6) Seat warmer* (7) Head restraint

Rear seats (8) Seatback folding (9) Head restraint

* : if equipped

2-4

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety Precautions Adjusting the seats so that you are sit- ting in a safe, comfortable position plays an important role in driver and passenger safety together with the seat belts and air bags in an accident.

Air bags You can take steps to reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Sitting too close to an air bag greatly increases the risk of injury in the event the air bag inflates. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.

Seat belts Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip. At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the seat belts.Do not use a cushion that

reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The passen- ger's hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre- cautions: Adjust the driver's seat as far to

the rear as possible while main- taining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.

Adjust the front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible.

Hold the steering wheel by the rim with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to mini- mize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.

NEVER place anything or any- one between the steering wheel and the air bag.

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt: NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant. Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.

NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passen- ger's lap.

Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.

Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.

WARNING

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Front Seats Manual adjustment The front seat can be adjusted by using the levers located on the out- side of the seat cushion. Before driv- ing, adjust the seat to the proper position so that you can easily con- trol the steering wheel, foot pedals and controls on the instrument panel.

Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat: NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov- ing. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci- dent.

Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.

Do not allow anything to inter- fere with the normal position and proper locking of the seat- back.

Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion for- ward may cause strong pres- sure on your abdomen.

Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the cen- ter console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward: 1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment

lever and hold it. 2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback lever. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its orig- inal position for the seatback to lock.)

Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dan- gerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

OJS038002 OJS038003 NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri- ous or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.

Seat cushion height

To change the height of the seat cushion: Push down on the lever several

times, to lower the seat cushion. Pull up on the lever several times,

to raise the seat cushion.

Lumbar support (if equipped)

To adjust the lumbar support: 1. Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach- es the desired position.

OJS038004 OJS038077N

2-8

Safety system of your vehicle

Driver seat folding lever

To get in or get out of the driver's door from the rear seat, the driver's seat should be folded by pulling the lever toward the rear of the vehicle.

Rear Seats Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward.

2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position. (if equipped with head restraint adjustment).

Do not pull the lever when driv- ing. Sudden movement of the seatback may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OJS038054

Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.

Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide for- ward and cause injury or dam- age during sudden stops.

WARNING

OJS038017

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

2

3. Move the seatbelt toward the out- board position before folding down the seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seat- back.

4. Remove the belt from the clip (1) and pull up the seatback folding lever (2), then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright posi- tion. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. Be careful when returning the rear seatback to prevent damage to the seatbelt. Insert the belt in the clip.

OJS038019

OJS038021

OJS038018 OJS038020

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Head Restraints The vehicle's front and rear seats have head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passen- gers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.

Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.

WARNING

Make sure the vehicle is off, the shift lever is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.

WARNING

When returning the rear seat- back from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seat- back. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move for- ward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

Be careful when loading cargo through the rear pas- senger seats to prevent dam- age to the vehicle interior.

When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.

Unsecured cargo in the pas- senger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.

CAUTION To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting (if equipped with head restraint adjustment) your head restraints: Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen- gers BEFORE starting the vehicle.

NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the head restraints removed or reversed.

WARNING

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.

Front seat head restraints

The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.

NOTICE

2

Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.

NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the dri- ver's seat when the vehicle is in motion.

Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from the seatback.

Make sure the head restraint locks into position after adjust- ing it.

OLF034072N

When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust (if equipped with head restraint adjustment) the height of the headrest to the lowest position. The rear seat headrest can reduce the visibility of the rear area.

CAUTION

OJS038062L

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint: 1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward

using the seatback angle lever (1). 2. Raise the head restraint as far as it

can go. 3. Press the head restraint release

button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).

NOTICE

OJS038009 OJS038011OLF034015

2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into

the holes while pressing the release button (1).

2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.

3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever (3).

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.

OJS038063L

OJS038012

Adjust the headrests so the middle of the head restraints is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.

When seating on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraints to the lowest.

CAUTION

2-14

Safety system of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped)

To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

Removal/Reinstallation (if equipped)

To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as

it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release

button (2) while pulling the head restraint up (1).

To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into

the holes (3) while pressing the release button (2).

2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.

Seat Warmers Front seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.

OJS038016 OJS038016

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.

Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers.

Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.

NOTICE

The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time. Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed. People who cannot detect tem- perature change or pain to the skin should use extreme cau- tion, especially the following types of passengers: Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital outpatients.

People with sensitive skin or who burn easily.

Fatigued individuals. Intoxicated individuals. People taking medication that

can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.

WARNING

NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in oper- ation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, caus- ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

While the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat. During mild weather or under condi- tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.

Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows :

When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer operating, the seat warmer will turn OFF.

The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position each time the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Information With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.

i

OJS038013N

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

2

This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety Precautions Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fas- tened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an addi- tional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.

SEAT BELTS

Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehi- cle is moving.Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in the rear seats.

WARNING

NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possi- ble and properly restrain them in the seat.

NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupants lap.

NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.

Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.

Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.

Always wear both the shoul- der portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.

Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is dam- aged.

Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.

NEVER unfasten the seat belt while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.

No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.

2-18

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning light (for driver's seat)

As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fas- tening. At this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a warning chime will sound for 6 seconds.

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec- onds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace: Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing Damaged hardware The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent

WARNING

OLMB033022

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Seat belt warning light (for front passenger's seat)

As a reminder to the front passenger, the front passenger's seat belt warn- ing lights will illuminate for approxi- mately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fastening. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.

If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 sec- onds and the corresponding warning light will blink. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened. If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

Information Although the front passenger seat is

not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. Also, when the front pas- senger gets off the vehicle while the warning is activating, the warning may continue for 6 seconds even after the passenger gets off.

The front passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage, laptop or other electronic device is placed on the front passenger seat.

i

The front passenger's seat belt warning light may not properly operate if the front passenger does not sit properly in the seat.

WARNING

OJS038065N

2-20

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys- tem with emergency locking retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

OHSS038101

Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illus- tration.

Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.

Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

OHSS038006

Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious injury in an accident.Take the fol- lowing precautions when adjust- ing the seat belt: Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.

WARNING

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

2

You should place the lap belt (1) por- tion across your hips and the shoul- der belt (2) portion across your chest. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.

NOTICE

OHSS038100 OHSS038103

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

Shoulder belt extension guide

You can adjust the extension guide to allow easy access to the seat belt and for the rear seat passengers to easily enter and exit the vehicle. When fastening the seat belt, put the extension guide in position (1) and move it to position (2) when riding in the rear seat through the front seat.

Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3- point system with convertible locking retractor This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accom- modate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convert- ible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.

OJS038024

Verify the shoulder belt exten- sion guide is locked into posi- tion at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident.

Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protec- tion in the event of another collision leading to personal injury or death. Replace your seat belts after being in an accident as soon as possible.

WARNING

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buck- le. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automati- cally adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips. When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installa- tion of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint System" section in this chapter.

Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protec- tion for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated pas- sengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor auto- matically locks the belt to help restrain your body. To deactivate the automatic lock- ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.

Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner and Emergency Fastening Device System). The purpose of the pre-ten- sioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s). The Emergency Fastening Device System may be activated in certain crashes where the frontal collision(s) is severe enough, together with the air bags.

NOTICE

OTL035053

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal or side collision(s), the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occu- pant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- tensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in cer- tain frontal or side collision(s).

(2) Emergency Fastening Device System The purpose of the Emergency Fastening Device System is to make sure that the pelvis belts fit in tightly against the occupants lower body in certain frontal colli- sion(s).

If the system senses excessive ten- sion on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- tem activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.

Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-ten- sioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.

WARNING

Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat.

Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not pro- tect you properly in an acci- dent.

Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.

Always replace your pre-ten- sioners after activation or an accident.

NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not hit the seat belt assem- blies.

WARNING

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

2

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following com- ponents. Their locations are shown in the illustration above: 1. SRS air bag warning light 2. Retractor pre-tensioner 3. SRS control module 4. Emergency Fastening Device

System

The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instru- ment panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON posi- tion, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illu- minate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.

Both the driver's and front pas- senger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions or rollovers.

When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke, may be visible in the passenger compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.

Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.

NOTICENOTICE

OLMB033040/Q

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect your unborn child is to protect yourself by always wearing the seat belt. Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across your chest, rout- ed between your breasts and away from your neck. Place the lap belt line so that it fits snugly and as low as pos- sible across the hips, not across the abdomen.

A pregnant woman or a patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen during an abrupt stop or acci- dent. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recom- mend you consult your doc- tor.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during an accident, pregnant women should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.

WARNING

Fasten your seat belt while sitting properly in an upright position to maximize the effectiveness of the pre-ten- sioner seat belt system.

A pre-tensioner seat belt sys- tem is designed to activate only once. Replace the pre- tensioner seat belt system, if it was activated in an accident.

WARNING

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more details refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when prop- erly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certify- ing that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your childs height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.

ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an acci- dent will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are too large for a booster seat must always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should lie across the upper thighs and be snug across the shoul- der and chest to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safe- ty in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rear- most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child's neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to an appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. Consult a physician for specific rec- ommendations.

One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident.

Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.

NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the childs neck or face.

Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dan- gerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback. To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front or rear seats are in a reclined position.

Care of Seat Belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addi- tion, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu- tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an acci- dent. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional ques- tions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri- ous or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.

Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to min- imize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident statistics, chil- dren are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided. All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or height/ weight restrictions at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be prop- erly placed and installed in the rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213). Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)

Always properly restrain chil- dren in the rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front pas- senger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.

WARNING

2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Child restraint system (CRS) Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- ing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) When selecting a CRS for your child, always: Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).

Select a child restraint based on your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this infor- mation.

Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.

Read and comply with the warn- ings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.

Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.

If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating posi- tion shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.

After an accident, have a HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.

An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system: NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen- ger's seat.

Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.

Always follow the child restraint system manufactur- er's instructions for installa- tion and use.

WARNING

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types There are three main types of child restraint systems: rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The har- ness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord. All children under age one must always ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint. Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ- ically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear- facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufactur- er. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rear-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.

CRS09 NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passen- ger's seat. Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forward- facing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraints manufacturer. Once your child outgrows the forward- facing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the lap of your child. Keep your child in a booster seat until they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug- ly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)

Before installing your child restraint system always: Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu- facturer of the child restraint.

Read and follow the instruc- tions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings and instructions could increase the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the head- rest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.

WARNING

OJS028004

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manu- facturer when installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle: Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system. If using the lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint, the convertible locking retractor should be pulled all the way out to engage the "automatic locking" mode. (See page 2-38.)

Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.

Secure the child in the child restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child restraint according to the manufac- turer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System) The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an acci- dent. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attach- ments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats. Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments. The child seat manufacturer will pro- vide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot.To prevent burns, check the seat- ing surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.

CAUTION

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

2

LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the cen- ter rear seating position.

[A] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator

[B] : Lower Anchor

Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seat- ing position.There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.

WARNING

OJS038058 OJS038029N

OJS038066N

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration). The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions: 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from

the lower anchors. 2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the vehi- cle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system: Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your child restraint system.

To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.

NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.

Always have the LATCH sys- tem inspected by your author- ized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.

WARNING

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

2

The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg). How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight: Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufactur- er recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. Child restraint hook holders are located on the floor of the luggage room.

NOTICE

Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with your child restraint system.

NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single teth- er anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.

Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the cor- rect tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else.

Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harness- es, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

WARNING

OJS038026L

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

To install the tether anchor: 1. Route the child restraint tether strap

over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehi- cle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the teth- er strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat for- ward-and-back and side-to-side.

Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt When not using the LATCH system, all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer- gency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint. The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from caus- ing the seat belt to loosen and com- promise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle. Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

OLMB033044OJS038027

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

2

To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following: 1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul- der belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.

When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3- point system" section in this chapter.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the dis- tinct "click" sound.

Information Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out.When the shoul- der portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.

i

NOTICE OLMB033045 OLMB033097

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more details.

When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position, the retractor will automatically switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

NOTICE

If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops sud- denly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

OLMB033098

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

2

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OJS038030

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver's front air bag

2. Passenger's front air bag

3. Side air bag

4. Curtain air bag

2-42

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats. The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving. You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates. NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries. ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi- tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com- fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console. Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

WARNING

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Where Are the Air Bags? Driver's and passenger's front air bags Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions. The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steer- ing wheel, in the driver's side lower crash pad below the steering wheel column and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box. The air bags are labeled with the let- ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passen- gers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.

The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is pro- vided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts. According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con- trols the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

OJS038034

OJS038031

Passenger's front air bag

Driver's front air bag

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The pur- pose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passen- ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions: Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

Never lean against the door or center console.

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions: Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

WARNING OJS038035

OJS038036

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.

Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.

Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi- tions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.

Do not use any accessory seat covers.This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.

Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar.

Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dan- gerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.

Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.

Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.

Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition switch button is in the ON position as this may cause the side air bags to inflate.

If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OJS038052

OJS038053

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity. The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?

The SRS consists of the following components: 1. Driver's front air bag module 2. Passenger's front air bag module 3. Side air bag modules 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the follow- ing precautions: All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.

Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.

Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.

Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.

Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.

Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.

WARNING

OJS038059

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle

2

10. Side pressure sensors 11. Seat belt buckle sensor 12. Emergency Fastening Device

System 13. Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint System Control Module) continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is in the ON position to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag elec- trical system for malfunctions. The light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system, which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover pro- tection.

If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly dur- ing an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. If any of the following condi- tions occur, your SRS is mal- functioning: The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

The light stays on after illumi- nating for approximately six seconds.

The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.

The light blinks when the engine is running.

Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these con- ditions occur.

WARNING

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags. The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot pro- vide adequate restraint. When need- ed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover. Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position.

Air bags inflate in the event of cer- tain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.

Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an acci- dent. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage com- partments after the collision.

In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover. When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide pro- tection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.

To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly.The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life- threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design. However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force.

There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries, espe- cially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

2

You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflat- ing air bag. The greatest risk is sitting too close to the air bag. An air bag needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA recom- mends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

When the SRSCM detects a suffi- ciently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.

OTLA035107

Driver's front air bag (1)

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre- cautions: NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat. Always properly restrain chil- dren under age 13 in the rear seats of the vehicle.

Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allow- ing you to maintain full con- trol of the vehicle.

Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.

Never place anything or any- one between the air bag and the seat occupant.

Do not allow the front passen- ger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.

WARNING

2-50

Safety system of your vehicle

Upon deployment, tear seams mold- ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags. A fully inflated air bag, in combina- tion with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passen- ger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibili- ty and the ability to steer or operate other controls.

OTLA035108

Driver's front air bag (2)

To prevent objects from becom- ing dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates: Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the pas- senger's air bag is located.

Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.

WARNING

OTLA035109

Driver's front air bag (3)

OLMB033057

Passenger's front air bag

2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

2

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.

Noise and smoke from inflating air bag When the air bags inflate, they make a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing problems after an air bag deploy- ment, seek medical attention imme- diately. Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and rinse with cold water immediately and seek medical attention if the symptoms persist.

Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold and mild soap.

Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.

After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions: Open your windows and doors

as soon as possible after impact to reduce prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflat- ing air bag.

Do not touch the air bag stor- age area's internal compo- nents immediately after an air bag has inflated. The parts that come into contact with an inflating air bag may be very hot.

WARNING

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

Occupant Classification System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of the Occupant Classification System A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion. Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.

An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front passen- ger air bag system is deactivated.

The instrument panel air bag indi- cator light is interconnected with the OCS.

The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflat- ing air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automati- cally turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF. Front passenger seat adult occu- pants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for exam- ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by other- wise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.

OJS038067N

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Always be sure that you and all vehi- cle occupants are seated properly and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt. The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. These include: Failing to sit in an upright position. Leaning against the door or center

console. Sitting towards the sides of the

front of the seat. Putting their legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.

Wearing the seat belt improperly. Reclining the seatback. Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear. Putting an additional thick cushion

on the seat. Putting electrical devices (e.g.

notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light

SRS warning light

Front passenger air bag

1. Adult *1 Off Off Activated

2. Infant *2 or child restraint system with 12 months old *3 *4

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out- grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months

to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passengers seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OVQ036013NB

OLMB033100

OLMB033101

OLMB033103

OLMB033102

OLMB033104

NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket, or hang any items on the front passenger seat.

NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seat- back.

NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.

NEVER ride with the seat- back reclined when the vehicle is moving.

NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.

NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front pas- senger seat.

2-55

Safety system of your vehicle

2

ODH035900K

ODH035901K

ODH035902K

ODH035903K

Do not sit on the passen- ger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.

Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.

Do not place electronic devices such as laptops, DVD player, or conductive materials such as water bottles on the passenger seat.

Do not use electronic devices such as laptops and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.

If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction. Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.

Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys- tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.

Do not place any items under the front passenger seat. When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-

oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could inter- fere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seat- ed in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, cen- tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the per- son remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passen- ger to move to the rear seat.

The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approxi- mately 4 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint result- ing in serious or fatal injury.NOTICE

B990A01O

Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat- ed. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passen- ger reposition himself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illu- minated after the passenger repositions himself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? Air bags are not designed to inflate in every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third colli- sions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indi- cator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

NEVER place a rear-facing or front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of the vehicle.

An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.

Always properly restrain chil- dren in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bag deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death: Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed.

WARNING

Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sen- sors. If the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they should not or may not deploy when they should.

Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deploy- ment performance.

Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi- tion when the vehicle is being towed to prevent inadvertent air bag deployment.

Have all air bag repairs conduct- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side pressure sensor

4. Side impact sensor

OJS038037N/OJS038038/OJS038039N/OJS038040N/OJS038041N

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the severity of impact of the front col- lision.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas- senger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col- lisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OJS038042

OJS038043N

OJS038036

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.

Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide addi- tional occupant protection. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severi- ty of impact.

OJS038045

OJS038044

OJS038046N

2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

2

In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "under- ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protec- tion to the occupants. However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.

OTL035069 OJS038047 OTL035068

2-62

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the colli- sion energy is absorbed by the vehi- cle structure.

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance- free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi- nate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the follow- ing precautions: Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo- nents or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica- tions to the body structure.

Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passen- gers panel above the glove box.

Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys- tem.

Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

OJS038048

2-63

Safety system of your vehicle

2

Additional Safety Precautions Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehi- cle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehi- cle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle. Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposi- tion the seat belt can reduce the pro- tection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Do not modify the front seats. Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sens- ing components or side air bags. Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the opera- tion of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses. Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON posi- tion may cause the air bags to inflate. Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modifica- tion to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800- 633-5151.

Adding equipment to or modify- ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang- ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- tem, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the opera- tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels

Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and pas- sengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.

If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow these precau- tions could increase the risk of personal injury.

OAE036060

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3 Remote Key.........................................................................3-3 Smart Key............................................................................3-6 Immobilizer System.........................................................3-11

Door Locks............................................................3-13 Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13 Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-14 Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-17 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...............................3-17

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-18 Steering Wheel .....................................................3-19

Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-19 Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-20 Horn....................................................................................3-20

Mirrors...................................................................3-21 Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-21 Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-22

Windows ................................................................3-25 Power Windows...............................................................3-26

Wide sunroof........................................................3-29 Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-30 Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-30 Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-30 Sunshade...........................................................................3-31

Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-31 Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-32

Exterior Features.................................................3-33 Hood ...................................................................................3-33 Liftgate ..............................................................................3-34 Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-36

Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-39 Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-40 Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-41 Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................3-44 Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-45 LCD Display Messages...................................................3-56

LCD Display...........................................................3-62 LCD Display Control ........................................................3-62 LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-63

Trip Computer .......................................................3-73 Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-77 Lighting..................................................................3-80

Exterior Lights .................................................................3-80 Interior Lights...................................................................3-87 Welcome System .............................................................3-89

Wipers and Washers............................................3-91 Windshield Wipers...........................................................3-91 Windshield Washers .......................................................3-93 Rear Window Wiper and Washer................................3-94

3

Driver Assist System ...........................................3-95 Rear view monitor...........................................................3-95

Manual Climate Control System.........................3-96 Heating and Air Conditioning .......................................3-97 System Operation .........................................................3-100 System Maintenance....................................................3-102

Automatic Climate Control System..................3-104 Automatic Temperature Control Mode....................3-105 Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-106 System Operation .........................................................3-109 System Maintenance....................................................3-111

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-113 Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-115 Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-117

Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-118 Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-118 Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-118

Storage Compartment .......................................3-119 Center Console Storage ..............................................3-119 Glove Box........................................................................3-119 Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-120

Interior Features ................................................3-121 Cup Holder ......................................................................3-121 Sunvisor...........................................................................3-122 Power Outlet ..................................................................3-122 USB charger ...................................................................3-123 Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-124 Clock.................................................................................3-126 Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-127 Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-127 Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-128

3

3-3

Convenient features of your vehicle

Remote Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic

Locking Your Vehicle To lock your vehicle: 1. Make sure all doors, the engine

hood and the liftgate are closed. 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on

the remote key to lock all doors. 3. The hazard warning lights will

blink and the chime will sound once.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

3

OPD046001

Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil- dren. Unattended children could place the key in the igni- tion switch and may operate power windows or other con- trols, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-4

Unlocking your vehicle To unlock your vehicle : 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the remote key. 2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink two times. Two press unlock setting: If you press the Door Unlock but- ton on the remote key again with- in four seconds, then all the doors will unlock. Two press unlock setting can be changed according to owner's pref- erence in the cluster User Settings mode or with the remote key. User settings mode method: Select or deselect the 'Two Press Unlock' feature in the User Settings mode on the cluster LCD display (User Settings Door Two Press Unlock). Remote key method: Press and hold both Door Lock (1) and Door Unlock (2) buttons at the same time until the hazard warn- ing lights blink.

Now all doors will unlock when the Door Unlock button is pressed one time. To change the setting back, repeat this procedure.

Information After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 sec- onds unless a door is opened.

Liftgate unlocking To unlock the liftgate : 1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock

button (3) on the remote key for more than one second.

2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate will be unlocked.

Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will lock automati- cally.

Information The word "HOLD" is written on the button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.

Panic button (if equipped) Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.

Start-up For information, refer to the "Key Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remote key: Keep the remote key away from

water or any liquid and fire. Internal circuits may malfunc- tion if the inside of the remote key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the remote key from being covered under warranty.

Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key.

Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures.

NOTICE

i

i

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote. To return the key to its stored posi- tion, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote.

Remote key precautions The remote key will not work if any of the following occur: The key is in the ignition switch. You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]). The remote key battery is weak. Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal. The weather is extremely cold. The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.

If the remote key does not work cor- rectly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the remote key is in close proximi- ty to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.

When possible, avoid placing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- ference between the two devices.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i 3

OPD046003

3-6

Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

Battery replacement

If the remote key is not working prop- erly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the cover.

2. Using a screw driver, remove the battery cover.

3. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the battery cover and key cover in the reverse order of removal.

If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not work- ing correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regula- tions.

Smart Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate. 1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock 4. Panic

i

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

OPD046044

OPD046002

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

Locking your vehicle

To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key: 1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. 2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once.

4. When the doors are locked, the indicator light on the central door lock/unlock switch will be illuminat- ed.

Information The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out- side door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi- cle using the door handle button if any of the following occur: The Smart Key is in the vehicle. The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position. Any of the doors are open except

for the liftgate.

Unlocking your vehicle

To unlock your vehicle: 1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 2. Press either the button on the

door handle or the Door Unock button (2) on the smart key. The driver's door will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink two times.

i

3

Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other con- trols, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

WARNING

OJS048001 OJS048001

3-8

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings menu in the LCD cluster display. The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlock- ing all the doors.

Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock Feature in the User Settings menu in the LCD cluster display. The option can be found under the follow- ing menu:

USER SETTINGS DOOR TWO PRESS UNLOCK

The Two Press Unlock Feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB: Press and hold both the DOOR LOCK button and the DOOR UNLOCK button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink. This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.

Information The door handle buttons will only

operate when the smart key is with- in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle

Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range

If you press the front passenger out- side door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock

Opening the liftgate To unlock and open the liftgate: 1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession. 2. Press either the liftgate handle

release button on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the smart key for more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will unlock.

The liftgate must be operated manually to open the liftgate. Once the liftgate latch is unlocked, pull upward on the lift- gate handle to fully open the lift- gate.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will lock automatically.

NOTICE

i

3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information The liftgate handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with- in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.

The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will only unlock the liftgate. It will not release the latch and open the lift- gate automatically. If the Liftgate Unlock button is used, someone must still press the liftgate handle button to open the liftgate.

Panic button Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.

Start-up You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.

For information, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" sec- tion in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key: Keep the smart key in a cool, dry

place to avoid damage or mal- function. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.

Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.

Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.

Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.

To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key. insert the mechani- cal key into the key hole in the driver door. To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.

NOTICE

i

3

OPD046045

3-10

Loss of a smart key A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.

Smart key precautions The smart key may not work if any of the following occur: The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the trans- mitter.

The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.

Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.

If the smart key does not work cor- rectly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid inter- ference between the two devices.

Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.

Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehi- cle, the vehicle battery may be dis- charged.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop- erly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the

rear cover of the smart key. 3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.

If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not work- ing correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Immobilizer System (if equipped) The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improp- erly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is dis- abled. When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer sys- tem indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again. In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your smart key if another smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the smart key. If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.

i 3

OPD046046

3-12

If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, how- ever you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer sys- tem malfunction could occur.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

iNOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a cus- tomer unique password and should be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle Mechanical key

If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, all vehicle doors will lock.

If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, you can open and close the drivers door only. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again with- in four seconds, then all the doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

DOOR LOCKS

OPD047001N

OJS048002

Smart key

OJS048002L

Remote key

3-14

Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart key

Press the button on the driver's out- side door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock.

If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

If the door is locked/unlocked multi- ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operat- ing temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.

Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle With the door lock button

To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi- tion. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.

To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.

To open a door, pull the door han- dle (3) outward.

i

OJS048001

OPD046004

Door Unlock

Lock / Unlock

Door Lock

OJS048004N

3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

If the inner door handle of either the driver door or passenger door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and the door will open.

For Key Start Vehicles (Remote Key) The front doors cannot be locked if the remote key is in the ignition switch and either of the front doors are open.

For Push Button Start Vehicles (Smart Key) The doors cannot be locked if the smart key fob is inside the vehicle and any of the doors are open.

Information If a power door lock ever fails to func- tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech- niques to exit:

Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.

Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.

Lower a front window and use the mechanical key to unlock the door from outside.

With the central door lock switch

The driver side door armrest is equipped with a central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol. When the lock button (1) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will lock. When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will unlock.

i

OJS048005N

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

For Key Start Vehicles (Remote key) If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.

For Push Button Start Vehicles (Smart Key) If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.

Opening a door when something is approaching may cause dam- age or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door.

CAUTION

Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle. Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle. To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- tion, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.

WARNING

The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.

Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or pas- senger's door while the vehi- cle is moving.

WARNING

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features Your vehicle is equipped with fea- tures that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on set- tings you select in the LCD cluster display.

Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehi- cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).

Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be locked automatically when the vehi- cle is shifted out of P (PARK) while the engine is running.

Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (PARK).

For more details on these fea- tures, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter.

Additional Unlock Safety Feature - Air Bag Deployment As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks

The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors.The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock posi- tion, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriv- er or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.

3

If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when someone is in the vehicle.

WARNING

OJS048006

3-18

Convenient features of your vehicle

To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.

This system helps to protect your vehi- cle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur: - A door is opened without using the

remote key or smart key. - The liftgate is opened without using

the remote key or smart key. - The engine hood is opened. The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key. The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehi- cle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indi- cate the system is armed. Once the security system is set, open- ing any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

Information Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.

If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) by direct- ly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key.

If the system is disarmed by unlock- ing the vehicle, but neither a door or the liftgate is opened within 30 sec- onds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.

i

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM

If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

WARNING

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

STEERING WHEEL Electric Power Steering (EPS) The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort. Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:

The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the igni- tion switch in the ON position.

This happens as the system per- forms the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are complet- ed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.

A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.

Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv- ing speed.

When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnor- mal noise may occur. If the temper- ature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.

When an error is detected from the EPS, the steering effort assist func- tion will not be activated in order to help prevent fatal accidents. Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble.

i If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate nor- mally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instru- ment cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.

When abnormality is detected in the electric power steering system, to prevent an acci- dent, the steering assist func- tion will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone.

CAUTION

3-20

Convenient features of your vehicle

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering When adjusting the steering wheel to a comfortable position, adjust the steering wheel so that it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving. To adjust the steering wheel angle

and height: 1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and distance for- ward/back (3).

3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

Information Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mecha- nism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

NOTICE i

NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OJS048007

OJS048009

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Inside Rearview Mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to see that your inside rearview mirror is properly positioned. Adjust the rearview mirror so that the view through the rear window is properly centered.

When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

[A] : Day, [B] : Night

Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

NOTICE

Make sure your line of sight is not obstructed. Do not place objects in the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear head- rests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

WARNING

MIRRORS

NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OJS048063

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

Blue Link center (if equipped)

For details, refer to the Blue Link

Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual or Audio Manual.

Side View Mirrors

Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving. Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street. The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.

Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.

Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the sur- face of the glass.

If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

NOTICEOJS048010

Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OJS048318N

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Blind spot mirror (if equipped)

The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a supplemental mirror that minimizes the driver's blind spot zone by expanding the field of view on the rear side of the vehicle.

The blind spot mirror is equipped on the driver's left side view mirror.

Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.

Side View Mirror Adjustment

Adjusting the side view mirrors: 1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch to position the selected mir- ror up, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, put the button into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE

OJS048319N

OLF044478N

Always check the road condi- tion while driving for unex- pected situations even though the vehicle is equipped with a blind spot mirror.

The blind spot mirror is intended as a supplemental device to assist the driver before changing lanes. Do not solely rely on the blind spot mirror as a precaution. Always pay attention to traffic conditions around you.

WARNING

OJS048011N

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust- ing angles, but the motor contin- ues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.

Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirrors

To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.

NOTICE

OJS048012

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

(1) Drivers door power window switch

(2) Front passengers door power window switch

(3) Rear door (right) power window switch

(4) Window opening and closing (5) Automatic power window* (6) Power window lock switch * : if equipped

WINDOWS

OJS048014N

3-26

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door's window. The driver has a Power Window Lock switch which can block the operation of rear passenger win- dows. The power windows will oper- ate for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the Power Windows will not operate even within the 30 second period.

Information In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

While driving with the rear win- dows down or with the sunroof (if equipped) opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demon- strate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This noise is normal and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open: Press the window switch down to the first detent position (4). Release the switch when you want the window to stop.

To close: Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (4). Release the win- dow switch when you want the win- dow to stop.

i

To avoid serious injury or death, do not extend your head, arms or body outside the windows while driving.

WARNING

OJS048015

3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Auto down window (if equipped) Pressing the power window switch down momentarily to the second detent position (5) completely lowers the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

Auto up/down window (if equipped) Pressing or pulling up the power win- dow switch momentarily to the sec- ond detent position (5) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.

To reset the power windows If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power win- dow system must be reset as follows: 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position. 2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 sec- onds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse fea- ture, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

OLF044032

3-28

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.

Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passen- ger doors by pressing the power win- dow lock switch. When the power window lock switch is pressed: The rear passenger control will not

be able to operate the rear passen- ger power window

Note that the front passenger con- trol is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still oper- ate all the power windows.

To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.

Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK posi- tion. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional win- dow operation by a child.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direc- tion.

WARNING

OJS048016N

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

If your vehicle is equipped with a sun- roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch locat- ed on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Information In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.

Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.

Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sun- roof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.

NOTICE

i

WIDE SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.

Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof.

Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sun- roof while driving, to avoid serious injury.

Do not leave the engine run- ning and the key in your vehi- cle with unsupervised chil- dren. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.

The sunroof is made of glass, subject to break in case of an accident. Passengers without the appropriate protection (e.g. seat belt, CRS, etc.) on may project out through the broken glass and may be seriously injured or even result in death.

Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.

WARNING

OOS047021

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof opening and closing

To open the sunroof: Press the sunroof control lever back- ward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof control lever for- ward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.

Sliding the sunroof Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position complete- ly opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever back- ward or forward and release the switch.

Information To minimize wind noise while driving, it is recommended that you drive with the sunroof slightly closed (stop the sunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before the maximum slide open position).

Tilting the sunroof

Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

To close the sunroof: Push the sunroof control lever for- ward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.

iOPD046053 OPD046054

3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sun- roof and roof panel which can make a noise.

Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, other- wise the motor could be dam- aged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work prop- erly.

Sunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sun- shade will open automatically with the sunroof glass when both the sun- roof and sunshade are closed and the sunroof control lever is operated.

Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.

Resetting the sunroof In some circumstances resetting the sunroof operation may need to be performed. Some instances where resetting the sunroof may be required include: - When the 12V battery in the

engine room is either disconnected or discharged

- When the 12V battery fuse is replaced

If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/CLOSE operation is not func- tioning properly

Sunroof resetting procedure: 1. It is recommended to perform the

reset procedure with the vehicle engine running. Start the vehicle in PARK (P) by pressing the Start/Stop button.

2. Make sure the sunroof is in the fully closed position. If the sunroof is open, push the control lever for- ward until the sunroof is fully closed.

3. Release the control lever when the sunroof is fully closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OIK047091

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. - When the sunroof is in the

closed position : The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down.

- When the sunroof is in the tilt position : The glass will slightly move up and down.

Do not release the lever until the operation is completed. If you release the lever during opera- tion, start the procedure again from step 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold the control lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:

Glass and Sunshade Open Together Glass Close Sunshade Close

Do not release the lever until the operation is completed.

If you release the lever during opera- tion, start the procedure again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever after all steps have completed. (The sunroof system has been reset.)

Information If the sunroof is not reset when the

vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally.

For more detailed information, con- tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Sunroof Open Warning If the driver turns off the engine

when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the LCD display.

If the driver turns off the engine and opens the door when the sun- roof is not fully closed, the open sunroof warning will appear on the LCD display until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed.

Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

i

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Hood Opening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park- ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the sec- ondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod and hold the hood open with the support rod (1).

EXTERIOR FEATURES

When handling the support rod, grasp the rod in the area wrapped with rubber only. In some cases where the engine has been running the support rod may be hot. Caution should be taken to avoid getting burned by the support rod.

WARNING

OJS048017

OJS048018N OJS048019

3-34

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check in

and around the engine compart- ment to ensure the following: - Any tools or other loose objects

are removed from the engine room area or hood opening area

- All glove, rags, or other com- bustible material is removed from the engine compartment

- All filler caps are tightly and cor- rectly installed

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely locked. Open it again and close it with more force.

Liftgate Opening the liftgate

Before attempting to open the lift- gate, make sure the vehicle is in PARK (P). To open the liftgate, per- form the following: 1. Unlock all doors with the Door

Unlock button on your remote key or smart key. Press the liftgate handle button and open the lift- gate.

2. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button on the remote key or smart key. Press the liftgate handle but- ton and open the liftgate.

3. With the Smart Key in your pos- session, press the liftgate handle button and open the liftgate.

Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.

Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message dis- played on the instrument clus- ter. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised posi- tion, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an acci- dent, and the hood could fall or be damaged.

WARNING The support rod must be insert- ed completely into the hole pro- vided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from becom- ing dislodged and falling and causing potential injury.

OJS048020N

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Closing the liftgate

Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle button.

Information In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehi- cle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.

Emergency liftgate safety release

Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the lift- gate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate man- ually from inside the luggage com- partment, perform the following steps: 1. Insert the mechanical key from the

key fob or a small screwdriver into the slot at the bottom of the liftgate inside the luggage compartment.

NOTICE

i

The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

WARNING Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the lift- gate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.

WARNING

OJS048023

OJS048021

OJS048022

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the right to engage the safety release lever.

3. Push the liftgate outward and upward.

Fuel Filler Door Opening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door is opened from inside the vehicle using the fuel filler door release lever. 1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel

filler door release lever on the floor on the left side of the driver seat.

2. Pull up on the release lever.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap.

4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pres- sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de- icer fluid (do not use radiator anti- freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

i

Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the lift- gate using the safety release lever.

No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compart- ment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.

Use the release lever for emer- gencies only. Use extreme cau- tion, especially while the vehi- cle is in motion.

WARNING

OJS048024

OJS048025

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Closing the fuel filler door 1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "clicks" one time. 2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refuel- ing. You can generate a build- up of static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touch- ing a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.

When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station. Before refueling, note the

location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.

Before touching the fuel noz- zle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe dis- tance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.

Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric cur- rent and/or electronic interfer- ence from cellular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors and cause a fire.

WARNING

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.

Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted sur- faces may damage the paint.

If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

NOTICE

i Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.

If a fire breaks out during refu- eling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately con- tact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before com- pletely removing the cap.

Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to pre- vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

Once refueling has begun, contact between your bare hand and the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete.

Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.

When refueling, always move the shift lever to the P (Park) position (for automatic trans- mission/dual clutch transmis- sion) or first gear or R (Reverse, for manual trans- mission), set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF posi- tion. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.

OJS048100N/OJS048101N/OJS048106N

Type B

Type A Type C

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting instrument cluster illumination

When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumina- tion control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination. When pressing the illumination con- trol button, the interior switch illumi- nation intensity is also adjusted.

The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.

If the brightness reaches the maxi- mum or minimum level, a chime will sound.

For information regarding the illu- mination setting on your audio dis- play, refer to the "Setup" section of your Audio or Navigation manual.

Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. Doing so could lead to driver distraction which may cause an accident and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.

WARNING

OJS048110L

OJS048026

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Gauges and Meters Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo- meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- lutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the cor- rect shift points and to prevent lug- ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

Engine coolant temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera- ture of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indi- cates overheating that may dam- age the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OJS048102L/OJS048107L

Cluster Type A, B Cluster Type C

OJS048103/OJS048108

Cluster Type A, B Cluster Type C

OJS048104/OAD046522

Cluster Type A, B Cluster Type C

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi- mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Information The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty.

On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.

NOTICE

i

Never remove the radiator cap or reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn.Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.

WARNING

Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain addi- tional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.

WARNING

OJS048105/OAD046524

Cluster Type A, B Cluster Type C

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out- side air temperature by 1F (1C). - Temperature range : -40F ~ 140F

(-40C ~ 60C) Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside tempera- ture (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)

You can change the temperature unit from F to C or C to F in the User Settings mode in the cluster: - Go to User Settings Mode Other

Temperature Unit.

For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also: - Press and hold the AUTO and OFF

buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate con- trol screen will change.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis- tance that the vehicle has been driv- en and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.

Range

The range is the estimated dis- tance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.

If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "----" as range.

OPD047463N

OPDE046141R

OJS048324N

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter- rupted, the range function may not operate correctly.

The range may differ from the actu- al driving distance as it is only an estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions.

The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.

The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Transmission shift indicator Manual transmission shift indi- cator (if equipped)

This indicator informs which gear is recommended while driving, to save fuel. Shifting up : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Shifting down : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

For example : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is recommended (cur- rently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).

: Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is recommended (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).

When the system is not working prop- erly, the indicator is not displayed.

Automatic transmission/ Dual clutch transmission shift indicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays the gear posi- tion of the shift lever.

Park : P Reverse : R

i

OPDE046142

OTL045132

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Neutral : N Drive : D Manual shift mode

- Auto Transmission : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - Dual Clutch Transmission : D1,

D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7

Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)

The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).

Warning and Indicator Lights

Information Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situa- tion that needs attention.

Air Bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The air bag warning light illumi-

nates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed

The air bag warning light will remain illuminated if there is a mal- function with the Safety Restraint System (SRS) air bag operation. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

i

OTL045134

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The parking brake light illumi-

nates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released.

Whenever the parking brake is applied.

Whenever the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser- voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual- diagonal braking systems. This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys- tems should fail. With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working. If the brakes fail while you are driv- ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- al engine braking and stop the vehi- cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn- ing light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The ABS warning light illuminates

for about 3 seconds and then turns off.

Whenever there is a malfunction with the ABS. Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS.

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving:

When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.

In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

i

Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.

WARNING

Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The Electric Power Steering

Warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.

Whenever there is a malfunction with the EPS. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

This indicator light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The malfunction indicator light

illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.

Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt- ic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble.

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Charging System Warning Light

When this warning light illuminates while the engine is running, the bat- tery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required. If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not avail- able, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illumi- nated, severe damage could result.

If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be seri- ous engine damage or malfunc- tion. In this case: 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it

is safe to do so. 2. Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the engine off immediately. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When the fuel tank is nearly empty. Add fuel as soon as possible.

Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.

Master Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems: - Low washer fluid - Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) To identify the details of the warn- ing, look at the LCD display.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display.)

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

NOTICE

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:

When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er as soon as possible.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - The Electronic Stability Control

indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.

Whenever there is a malfunction with the ESC system. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off. When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- ton.

For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.

Safe Stopping

The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam- age caused by external fac- tors.

If you notice any vehicle insta- bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in the key with the igni- tion switch in the ON position. - At this time, you can start the

engine. - The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds:

When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. - Once the smart key is detected,

you can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few seconds:

When the smart key is not in the vehicle. - If the smart key is not detected,

you cannot start the engine.

This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off:

If the smart key is in the vehicle and the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er.

This indicator light blinks:

When the battery voltage of the smart key is low. - If this occurs, you will not be able

to start the engine by simply pressing the Start/Stop button. However, you can still start the engine by pressing the Start/Stop button directly with the smart key. (Refer to "Starting the Engine" in chapter 5.)

When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Turn Signal Indicator Light

This indicator light blinks:

When you operate the turn signal indicator stalk.

If any of the following occur, there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system. - The turn signal indicator light illumi-

nates but does not blink - The turn signal indicator light blinks

rapidly - The turn signal indicator light does

not illuminate at all If any of these conditions occur, have your vehicle inspected by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

High Beam Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the headlights are on and in the high beam position

When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When the tail lights or headlights are on.

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

When you place the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.

When there is a malfunction with the LED headlight. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part. In this case, have the vehicle inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.

High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

When the high-Beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO light posi- tion.

If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High Beam Assist (HBA) system will switch the high beam to low beam automati- cally.

For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter.

Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy. When the outside temperature gauge reads below 40F (4C), the Icy Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.

Information If the icy road warning light illumi- nates while driving, it means that the outside temperature has reduced and that the road conditions may be icy. As a precaution you should reduce your speed and drive more carefully and with greater attention to the road conditions.

i

NOTICE

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Cruise Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

When the cruise control system is enabled.

For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.

SPORT Mode Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

When you select "SPORT" mode as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.

SMART Mode Indicator Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

When you select ''SMART" mode as drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA) System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates :

When you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with

FCA. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer of HYUNDAI.

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) sys- tem" in chapter 5.

Lane Keep Assist Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

[Green] When you activate the lane departure warning system by pressing the LKA button and all of the system operating conditions are satisfied.

[White] When system operating conditions are not satisfied or when the sensor does not detect the lane line.

[Yellow] When there is a malfunc- tion with the lane keeping assist system.

In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

LCD Display Messages Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.

Information You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

Shift to P (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P (Park) position. If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop but- ton once more, it will turn to the ON position).

i

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Low key battery (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is dis- charged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system and automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission) This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal. You can start the vehicle by depress- ing the brake pedal and then press- ing the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press clutch pedal to start engine (for smart key system and manual transmission) This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal. You can start the engine by depress- ing the clutch pedal to.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button. When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press START button again (for smart key system) This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed. If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again. If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices This message is displayed if the bat- tery voltage is weak due to any non- factory electrical accessories (ex. dashboard camera) while parking. Be careful that the battery is not dis- charged. If the warning message appears after removing the non-factory elec- trical accessories, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Press START button with key (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you press the Engine Start/Stop but- ton while the warning message "Key not detected" is displayed. At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the brake switch fuse is disconnected. You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

Door, Hood, Liftgate Open Indicator

This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.

Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.

CAUTION

OJS048111

3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open. Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.

Low Pressure (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corre- sponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Turn FUSE SWITCH on

This warning message is displayed if the fuse switch located on the fuse box under the steering wheel is OFF. The fuse switch is turned OFF to minimize battery draw when the vehicle is in storage or in transporta- tion where the vehicle will not be operated for some time. Under normal conditions, the fuse switch should be set to the ON posi- tion.

For more details, refer to "Fuses" in chapter 7.

OOS047142LOJS048112 OJS048115L

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

Lights Mode

This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.

Wiper

This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.

Low washer fluid This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reser- voir is nearly empty. Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuel This warning message is displayed if the fuel tank is almost out of fuel. When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine overheated This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant tempera- ture is above 248F (120C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.

OPD047120L OIK047146L

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Check headlight This warning message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A headlight bulb may need to be replaced.

Information Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.

Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in chapter 3.

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system This warning message is displayed if there is a malfunction with the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chap- ter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- tem" in chapter 5.

i

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changing modes

(2) , : MOVE switch for chang- ing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the select- ed item

OJS048027N/OJS048320N

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist

This mode displays the state of : - Smart Cruise Control - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system - Tire pressure For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control", "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Warning The Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

LCD Display Modes

3-64

Convenient features of your vehicle

Shift to P to edit settings This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. - Manual transmission For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and mov- ing the shift lever to neutral. - Automatic transmission /

dual clutch transmission For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and mov- ing the shift lever to P (Park).

Quick guide help This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button.

For more details about each sys- tem, refer to this Owner's Manual.

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

OPD047464N OPDE046147R

3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Assist mode

SCC/LKA/DAW

This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver Attention Warning (DAW).

For more details, refer to each system in chapter 5.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat- ed to Tire Pressure.

For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Warning mode If one of followings occurs, warning messages will be displayed on the LCD display for several seconds. - Low washer fluid - Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped) - Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system malfunction (if equipped) - Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) - High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-

tion (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)

OJS048118N

OJS048115L

3-66

Convenient features of your vehicle

User settings mode In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Head-up display 2. Driver Assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service interval 8. Other 9. Language 10. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

1. Head-Up Display

For more details, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

Items Explanation

Display height To adjust the height of the image displayed

Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.

Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.

Content Selection To select the content to be displayed.

- Blind-spot safety info

SPORT display

To change the head-up display to SPORT drive specified contents (ex. rpm, speed, gear position, etc.). Select the mode the vehicle has been set. - Enable in SPORT mode - Enable in manual shift mode

Speed Size To select the speedometer size displayed. - Large/Medium/Small

Speed Color To select the speedometer color displayed. - White/Orange/Green

3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Items Explanation

SCC Reaction

To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. - Fast/Normal/Slow

For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control'' in chapter 5.

Driver Attention Warning

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning. - High Sensitivity / Normal Sensitivity / Off

For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.

Lane Safety

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function. - Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning

For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.

For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision Warning

To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system.

- Early / Normal / Late

For more details, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5.

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.

For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.

For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

2. Driver Assistance

3-68

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Auto Lock

- Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled. - Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3

mph (15 km/h). - Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)

position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Unlock

- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. - On Key Out: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the

key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). - Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set

to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) - On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission/dual clutch

transmission is shifted to the P (Park) position.

Two Press Unlock

- Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.

- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

Horn Feedback

To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indi- cate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).

3. Door

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

- Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. - 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

Headlight Delay To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.

For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

Welcome Light

- On: The welcome light function will be activated. - Off: The welcome light function will be deactivated.

For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter

4. Lights

Items Explanation

Welcome Sound - Off : The welcome sound function will be deactivated. - On : The welcome sound function will be activated.

5. Sound

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

6. Convenience

Items Explanation

Welcome mirror/light

- On door unlock: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the welcome light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.

- On driver approach: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.

For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.

Wireless charging system To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.

For more details, refer to "Wireless cellular phone charging system" in this chapter.

Wiper/lights display To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.

Auto Rear Wiper (in R) To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.

For more details, refer to Wipers and Washers in this chapter.

Gear position pop-up To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display (if equipped with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission).

Icy road warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Items Explanation

Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.

7. Service interval

If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.

Information If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

i

3-72

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Fuel Economy Reset

- Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. - After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy

will reset automatically. - After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6

liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Fuel Economy Unit To select the fuel economy unit. - US gallon / UK gallon

Temperature Unit To select the temperature unit. - C / F

Tire Pressure Unit To select the tire pressure unit. - psi / kPa / bar

8. Other

Items Explanation

Language To select language.

9. Language

Items Explanation

Reset You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

10. Reset

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- tem that displays information related to driving.

Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.

i

TRIP COMPUTER

Tripmeter Fuel Economy Timer

Drive Info

Tripmeter Fuel Economy Timer

Accumulated Info

Average Fuel Economy Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

Smart Shift

Transmission Temperature*1

*1 : if equipped with Dual clutch transmission

OJS048027N

Type A

OJS048320N

Type B

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy

The average fuel economy is calcu- lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset.

The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati- cally.

Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 sec- ond when the average fuel economy is displayed.

Automatic reset To automatically reset the average fuel economy, select between "After Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the User Settings mode on the LCD dis- play. - After Ignition: When the engine has

been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.

- After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

Instant Fuel Economy

The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is accumulated start- ing from the last reset.

i

OJS048325N

OJS048326N

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simul- taneously. The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min- imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

Drive Info display

This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3). The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset. To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip dis- tance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultane- ously.

The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still run- ning (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a mini- mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.

i

i OJS048327N

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer

The digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.

Smart Shift (if equipped)

This smart shift display shows the currently selected drive mode.

For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.

Transmission temperature (if equipped)

The transmission temperature gauge display shows the current tempera- ture of the dual clutch transmission. Check the temperature gauge and maintain the optimal driving condi- tion.

For more details, refer to "Dual clutch transmission" in chapter 5.

OPDE046145R OIK057062N

OJS048123N

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a trans- parent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving.

Precautions while using the head up display It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head up display in the following situations. - The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver's seat. - The driver wears polarizing-filter

sunglasses. - An object is located above the

head up display cover. - The vehicle is driven on a wet road. - Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses. - The driver wears contact lenses. When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the image height of HUD or the head up display brightness level in the User Settings Mode. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Do not attach any stickers or accessories on the head-up display or crash pad.

Do not attempt to adjust or try to move the combiner screen or the mechanical door on top of the dash manually by hand.

The image may be invisible due to finger prints. Also, excessive force applied dur- ing operation may damage the display.

Do not place any objects near the head-up display. Interference with such objects during activation may influ- ence the operation or damage the display.

Do not put any drinks near the head-up display. If liquid flows in the display, the unit could be damaged.

WARNING

OJS048028N

Type A

OJS048061N

Type B

3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF

Use the button on the left hand side of the dash panel to activate/deactivate the Head-up display when the ignition is in the ON position or when the engine is running. The Head-Up display will retract auto- matically when the engine is turned OFF and the doors are locked with the Smart Key or when pressing the button on the outside door handle. Note that if the engine is turned OFF and the doors are not locked, the Head-up display will automatically retract after approximately five min- utes.

When you open or close the HUD, noise may occur from the motor and gear.

When you adjust the image height of the HUD, noise may occur from the motor and gear.

CAUTION Do not place any objects on or around the head-up display. Do not apply any decals or stickers on the combiner screen. Doing so may obstruct the image display.

Avoid prolonged exposure of direct sunlight onto the com- biner screen.

Do not place any objects on, inside, or near the combiner screen when the head-up dis- play is either opened or closed. Use caution to prevent any objects from falling inside the mechanical door.

Use only a soft cloth to clean the combiner screen. Do not use any organic solvents, detergents, or polishing mate- rials. Doing so could damage the display.

For your safety, make sure to stop the vehicle before adjust- ing the settings.

OJS048029

3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Head Up Display Information

1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information

2. Road signs 3. Speedometer 4. Cruise Control SET Indicator 5. Smart Cruise Control information

(if equipped) 6. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system information (if equipped) 7. Warning lights (Low Fuel, etc.) 8. Audio Station Info

1. Revolutions per minute (rpm) 2. Road signs 3. Speedometer 4. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system information(if equipped) 5. Warning lights and Audio/Video

information 6. Transmission shift indicator

This information is displayed on the cluster of the vehicle equipped with Gamma 1.6 turbo-GDI engine. To display this information, go to 'Head- up display SPORT display' in the cluster and choose 'Enable in SPORT mode' or 'Enable in manual shift mode'. Then, activate the mode by selecting the SPORT button.

Information If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD con- tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) naviga- tion information will not be displayed on the LCD Display.

Head Up Display Setting On the LCD display, you can change the head up display settings as fol- lows. Display Height Rotation Brightness Content Selection Speed Size Speed Color

For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

i

OJS048317N

Type A

OJS048062N

Type B

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Exterior Lights Lighting control To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:

1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position

AUTO light position

The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor on the center dash.

Even with the AUTO headlamp fea- ture in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driv- ing in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.

Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.

Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coat- ing on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.

NOTICE

OOS047404N

OJS048036

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.

Information The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.

i

OOS047405N OOS047406N

Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

OOS047407N

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)

The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position.

2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( ) indicator will illuminate.

3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). If the headlamp switch is pushed

away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the high beam will be on continuously.

If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is off, the high beam will turn on without the High Beam Assist (HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.

If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off.

If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

OOS047408N

OOS047409N

3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following con- ditions occur : - When the headlamp of an on-com-

ing vehicle is detected. - When the tail lamp of a vehicle in

front is detected. - When the headlamp or tail lamp of

a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect- ed.

- When the surrounding ambient light is bright enough that high beams are not required.

- When streetlights or other lights are detected.

- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (24 km/h)

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate.Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

OOS047127L

The system may not operate nor- mally if any of the following con- ditions should occur: 1) When the illumination from

an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include:

When the headlamps of an on- coming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water

When the headlamps on an on- coming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON

2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include:

When the vehicle's head- lamps have been damaged or not repaired properly

When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly

WARNING

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road

When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road

When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road

When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror

When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or cov- ered with snow

When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve

When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed

When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates

When the light from the on- coming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

When the front window is cov- ered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged

3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include:

When the headlamps of an on- coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.)

When the windshield visibility is poor

Do not attempt to disassem- ble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-cal- ibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the windshield of your vehi- cle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-cali- brated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) sys- tem.

WARNING

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Turn signals and lane change signals

To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

Onetouch turn signal function

To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.

For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

OOS047410N

Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunc- tion if sunlight is reflected.

At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road condi- tions for your safety.

When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to pre- vent the battery from being dis- charged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following: 1) Open the driver-side door. 2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.

Headlamp delay function If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the dri- vers door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or park- ing lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or smart key twice or turning the head- lamp switch to the OFF or AUTO position. You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings Mode in the LCD dis- play. For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the driver door, the battery saver func- tion does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically. This may cause the battery to dis- charge. To avoid battery dis- charge, turn OFF the headlamps manually from the headlamp switch before exiting the vehicle.

NOTICE

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Daytime running light (DRL) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will turn the dedi- cated lamp OFF when : The headlamps are ON. The parking lamps are ON. The vehicle is turned off. The parking brake is engaged.

Interior Lights

Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehi- cle is turned off or the battery will discharge.

Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm sys- tem, the lamps will go off five sec- onds later.

Front lamps

NOTICE

Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.

WARNING

OPD046041

OPD046040

Type A

Type B

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front Map Lamp (1) :

Press either lenses to turn the map lamp on or off. This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front pas- senger.

Front Door Lamp (2) ( ):

The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximate- ly 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approxi- mately 30 seconds when the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

Front room lamp

(3) :

Press the button to turn ON the room lamp for the front/rear seats.

(4) : Press the button to turn OFF the room lamp for the front/rear seats regardless of front or rear door open position.

Rear lamp (if equipped)

Rear Room Lamp ( ):

Press this switch to turn the rear room lamp on and off.

OOS047321

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Luggage compartment lamp

The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.

The luggage compartment lamp comes on as long as the liftgate is open.To prevent unnecessary bat- tery system drain, close the lift- gate securely after using the lug- gage compartment.

Vanity mirror lamp

Push the switch to turn the light on or off. : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed. : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or dam- age the sunvisor.

Welcome System Welcome light Headlamp and Parking lamp

When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and tailgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds if/or any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key or smart key.

At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the remote key or smart key the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately. You can activate or deactivate the Welcome Light from the User Settings Mode (Light) on the LCD display.

For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OJS048038 OOS047055

3-90

Convenient features of your vehicle

Interior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed. When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key or smart key.

When the button of the outside door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the remote key or smart key the room lamp will turn off immediately.

3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

A : Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe

AUTO* Auto control wipe

LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)

D : Rear wiper/washer control HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed OFF Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)

* : if equipped

Windshield Wipers Operates as follows when the igni- tion switch is in the ON position. MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward and release. The wipers will oper- ate continuously if the lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation. INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).

AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the wind- shield glass senses the amount of rainfall and con- trols the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).

WIPERS AND WASHERS

OPD047454L

OTLA045318

Front windshield wiper/washer

Rear windshield wiper/washer

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped) The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper inter- val. The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall. When the rain stops, the wiper stops. To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the sensitivity control knob. If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the wiper will oper- ate once to perform a self-check of the system. Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use.

i To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the engine is running and the wind- shield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode: Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.

Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth.

Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.

WARNING

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.

When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

WARNING

OTLE045164

When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may oper- ate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.

Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

Because of using a photo sen- sor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.

CAUTION

3-94

To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not oper- ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.

To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.

To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed OFF Off

Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.

Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display. Go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE045166

OTLE045165

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Rear view monitor

The rear view monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi- tion. This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the audio display while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.

Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

NOTICE

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

The rear view monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the mid- dle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

Never rely solely on the Rear view monitor when backing- up.

ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.

Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.

During winter the camera image may be foggy due to the exhaust gas if the vehicle is stopped for a long time or parked in an indoor parking lot and when you park or stop your vehicle on hills.

Due to the location of the camera, the license plate may be partially shown on the bot- tom of the rear view screen.

WARNING OJS048033N

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OJS048300N

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Temperature control knob

3. Mode selection buttons

4. Front windshield defroster button

5. Rear window defroster button

6. A/C (Air conditioning) button

7. Air intake control (recirculation) button

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Heating and Air Conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following: - Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to improve the effectiveness of heat- ing and cooling, select the mode according to the following:

5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

Mode selection

OJS048304

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind- shield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. In this mode, the A/C button and the Recirculation mode button cannot be selected. Turn the fan speed mode to adjust. After the interior cabin has cooled sufficiently, move the temperature knob away from the MAX A/C setting and adjust the knob to the desired position. If you wish to continue using A/C ON, make sure the A/C button LED is illu- minated.

OJS048305

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.

Temperature control (2) The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.

Air intake control (7) The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Information Using the system primarily in Fresh mode and Recirculation mode only when needed is recommended for best results.

Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin.

i

OJS048306

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fan speed control (1) Turn the knob to the right to increase the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow. Setting the fan speed control knob to the "0" position turns off the fan.

Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON posi- tion could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.

Air conditioning (6) Push the A/C button to turn the sys- tem on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.

System Operation Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed. 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehu- midify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or press the Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a pro- longed period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the wind- shield and obscure visibility.

Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for pro- longed periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Operation Tips

To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to recircu- lation mode. Return the control to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished.This will help keep the driver alert and com- fortable.

To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition- ing system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the engine. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode. 4. Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.

When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine tem- perature gauge closely while driv- ing up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient tempera- tures can cause engine overheat- ing. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.

NOTICE

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips

If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.

After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.

To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air con- ditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.

Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per- formance.

If you operate air conditioner exces- sively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air condition- ing system. Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer accord- ing to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe con- ditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspec- tions and changes are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- es, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air con- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig- erant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.

NOTICE

OIK047401L

3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

The actual Air Conditioning refriger- ant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrig- erant label.

ODH043366

Example

Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serv- iced by trained and cer- tified technicians. It is important that the cor-

rect type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehi- cle and personal injury.

WARNING

3-104

Convenient features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OJS048301L

1. Temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. Air conditioning button

5. OFF button

6. Mode selection button

7. Climate control information button

8. Front windshield defroster button

9. Rear window defroster button

10. Air intake control button

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Automatic Temperature Control Mode The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature. 1. Press the AUTO button (3).

The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be con- trolled automatically by the tem- perature setting you select.

2. Turn the temperature control knob (1) to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the low- est setting (Lo), the air condition- ing system will operate continu- ously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible. To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following: - Mode selection button - Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the infor- mation display once again.)

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con- trolled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72F (22C). To change the temperature unit from F to C or C to F: Press and hold the AUTO and OFF buttons on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.

Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heat- ing and cooling system.

NOTICE

OJS048039N

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.

Manual Temperature Control Mode The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat- ing and cooling, select the mode according to the following: - Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode or Recirculation mode position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full automatic control of the system.

Mode selection

OJS048304

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

Floor & Defrost (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D) (6)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The air flow can also be CLOSED using the vent adjustment lever. The instrument panel air vents are the "click-to-close" type. To CLOSE the instrument panel vents perform the following: - For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFT until it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slide the vent adjustment lever to the right until it clicks.

OJS048306

3-108

Convenient features of your vehicle

Temperature control (1) Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature. The temperature will increase or decrease by 1F/0.5C for each incre- mental location. When set to the low- est temperature setting, the air condi- tioning will operate continuously.

Air intake control (10) The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

Information Using the system primarily in Fresh mode and Recirculation mode only when needed is recommended for best results.

Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the wind- shield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin.

i

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a pro- longed period of time may cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This may lead to loss of vehicle control which may lead to an accident.

Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin. This may cause condensation to accumulate on the wind- shield and obscure visibility.

Do not sleep in your vehicle or remain parked in your vehicle with the windows up and either the heater or the air conditioning ON for pro- longed periods of time. Doing so may increase the levels of carbon dioxide in the cabin which may lead to serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Fan speed control (2) The fan speed can be set as desired by pushing the fan speed control but- ton. More air is delivered with higher fan speeds. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.

Information For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.

Operating the fan when the igni- tion switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to dis- charge. Operate the fan when the engine is running.

Air conditioning (4) Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illu- minate) and off.

OFF mode (5) Push the OFF button to turn the cli- mate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake but- tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.

System Operation Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating 1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode. 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position. 4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed. 5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature control knob set to heat in order to dehu- midify the air before it enters into the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or press the Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

i

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips

To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recircu- lation mode. Return the control to the to Fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has dimin- ished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.

To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired posi- tion, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition- ing system is filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. 1. Start the engine. 2. Press the air conditioning button. 3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode. 4. Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.

When maximum initial cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest set- ting.

When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine tem- perature gauge closely while driv- ing up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient tempera- tures can cause engine overheat- ing. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheat- ing.

Air conditioning system operation tips

If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.

After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from the recirculated air to the fresh outside air position.

NOTICE

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the win- dows and sunroof closed.

Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per- formance.

If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

System Maintenance Cabin air filter

[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core

The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air condition- ing system. Have the The cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance sched- ule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- es, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air con- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig- erant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.

NOTICE

OIK047401L

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

The actual Air Conditioning refriger- ant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrig- erant label.

ODH043366

Example

Because the refrigerant is mildly inflammable at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serv- iced by trained and cer- tified technicians. It is important that the cor-

rect type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the vehi- cle and personal injury.

WARNING

3-113

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

For maximum defrost perform- ance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.

If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.

Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear win- dow, side view mirrors, and all side windows.

Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi- ciency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the wind- shield.

If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.

Manual Climate Control System

To defog inside windshield

1. Select any fan speed except "0" position.

2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically. Additionally, the air condi- tioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position.

Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If the A/C ON LED is not illuminated, press the A/C button once to turn the air conditioner ON.

NOTICE

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi- tion during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temper- ature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the wind- shield to fog up, causing loss of visibility could cause an acci- dent resulting in serious injury or death. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to a lower speed.

WARNING

OJS048307N

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest setting (knob rotated all the way to the right).

2. Set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting.

3. Select the position. 4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF)

and A/C ON will automatically be selected.

Automatic Temperature Control System (if equipped)

To defog inside windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically. Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF). If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OJS048308N

OJS048309

OJS048310

3-115

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are con- trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button

at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The LED indicator on the A/C ON button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

Automatic climate control system

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times with- in 3 seconds.

The Automatic Temperature Control information screen will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) Auto defogging reduces the possibili- ty of fogging up the inside of the wind- shield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.

Information The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 50 F (-10 C).

i

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the Auto Defogging System operates, the indi- cator will illuminate.

If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically: Step 1) The air intake control will

change to Fresh mode. Step 2) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 3) The mode will be changed to

defrost to direct airflow to the windshield.

Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX.

If the air conditioning is off or recircu- lated air position is manually select- ed while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System

Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.

Information When the air conditioning is turned

on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.

To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.

When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment knob, the temperature adjustment knob, and the air intake control but- ton are all disabled.

Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

NOTICE

i

3-117

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Rear Window Defroster

To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting ele- ments bonded to the inside sur- face of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.

If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.

The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located on the cli- mate control instrument panel dis- play. The indicator on the rear win- dow defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.

To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.

Information If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.

The rear window defroster automat- ically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.

Side view mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

i

NOTICE

OJS048302N

OJS048303

Manual climate control system

Automatic climate control system

3-118

Convenient features of your vehicle

CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED) Automatic Ventilation When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is run- ning and temperature is below 59F (15C) with the recirculation mode selected more than five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to fresh mode.

To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is on, press the mode selection button and the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds. When the Automatic Ventilation fea- ture is enabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times. When the Automatic Ventilation fea- ture is disabled, the Recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation When the heater or air conditioning system is on with the sunroof opened, the fresh mode will be auto- matically selected. If you press the Recirculation mode button with the sunroof open, Recirculation mode activate but will only remain enabled for 3 minutes. After 3 minutes the air intake control will revert back to Fresh mode. When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the orig- inal position that was selected.

3-119

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.

Center Console Storage

To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.

Glove Box

To open: Pull the lever (1).

NOTICE

Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem- peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com- partment covers closed secure- ly while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

WARNING

ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the pas- senger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OJS048040 OJS048041

3-120

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunglass Holder

To open: Push and release the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out. To close: Push back into position. Make sure the sunglass holder is closed while driving.

Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sun- glass holder. Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle.

Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.

Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder. It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder.

WARNING

OOS047058

3-121

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Cup Holder

Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.

Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle's electrical/elec- tronic system and damage elec- trical/electronic parts.

When cleaning spilled liquids do not use hot air to blow out or dry the cup holder. This may dam- age the interior.

NOTICE

INTERIOR FEATURES

Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.

WARNING

Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

Do not place uncovered or unsecured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may result in the event of a sudden stop or collision.

Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

WARNING

OJS048042

Front

OJS048043

Rear

3-122

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunvisor

To use the sunvisor, pull it down- ward. To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it down- ward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2) towards the window. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). Adjust the sunvisor forward or back- ward (4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tick- ets (if equipped).

Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.

Do not put multiple tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.

Power Outlet

The power outlet is designed to pro- vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.

NOTICE

NOTICE

For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvi- sor.

WARNING

OAEE046511N OJS048045

3-123

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

To prevent damage to the Power Outlets : Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.

Only use 12V electric acces- sories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.

Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.

Close the cover when not in use.

Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet.These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other elec- tronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.

Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.

Plug in battery equipped electri- cal/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electri- cal/electronic system and cause system malfunction.

USB charger

The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size elec- trical devices using a USB cable. The electrical devices can be recharged when the ignition switch is in the ACC/ON position. Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

NOTICE

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a wet hand.

WARNING

OJS048046

3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging sys- tem.

A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re-charg- ing method, may not be properly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your device.

The charging terminal is only to recharge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media on the AVN.

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System (if equipped)

On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cel- lular phone charger. The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the igni- tion switch is in the ACC/ON position.

To charge a cellular phone The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory cover or visit your cellular phone manufacturer's website to check whether your cellular phone supports the Qi technology. The wireless charging process starts when you put a Qi-enabled cellular phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be inter- rupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad.

2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when phone charging is complete.

3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire- less charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in this chapter.

OJS048047

3-125

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

If your cellular phone is not charging: - Slightly change the position of the

cellular phone on the charging pad. - Make sure the indicator light is

orange.

The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunc- tion in the wireless charging system. In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your cellular phone again. The system warns you with a mes- sage on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the engine is turned OFF and the front door is opened.

Information For some manufacturer's cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunc- tion of the wireless charging.

The wireless cellular phone charging system may not sup- port certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).

When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experi- ence higher heat conduction.

In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.

When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.

The wireless charging process may temporarily stop due to the "self-protection" function of the cellular phone, when tempera- ture abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. The wireless charging process restarts, when temperature falls to a certain level.

The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and cellular phone.

When charging some cell phones with the case still applied, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charg- ing may stop.

If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.

If the cell phone is not complete- ly contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not oper- ate properly.

NOTICE

i

3-126

Convenient features of your vehicle

Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charg- ing process.

If the cellular phone without the wireless charging function or the metallic items are placed on the charging pad, it may cause slight noise. This noise does not affect the cellular phone and the vehicle, because this noise is an operating sound during deter- mining the item on the charging pad.

If the ignition switch is OFF, the charging also stops.

Information This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

Clock

Vehicles with Audio system Select the [SETUP] button on the audio system Select [Date/Time]. Set time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen. Time format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.

Vehicles with Navigation system Select the Settings menu on the Navigation system Select [Date/Time]. GPS time: Displays time according

to the received GNSS time. 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24

hour.

i

Do not attempt to adjust the clock while driving. Doing so may result in distracted driving which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or death.

WARNING

3-127

Convenient features of your vehicle

3

Clothes Hanger

These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the cur- tain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or per- sonal injury.

WARNING

OJS048057OJS048056

Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.

WARNING

OJS048048

3-128

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cargo Area Cover

Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover will lift when the liftgate is opened. Disconnect the strap (1) from the holder if you want to return the cover to the original position.To remove the cargo area cover completely, lift the cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out (2).

Since the cargo area cover may be damaged or deformed, do not put luggage on it when it is being used.

NOTICE

Do not place objects on the cargo area cover while driv- ing. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehi- cle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.

Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.

Maintain balance of the vehi- cle and locate the weight as far forward as possible.

WARNING

The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi- cle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.

Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weath- er rubber mat on top of a car- peted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal opera- tion, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

WARNING

OJS048049N

Multimedia System

Multimedia System.................................................4-2 AUX, USB and iPod Port ...............................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4 Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4

4

4-2

Multimedia System

If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.

Prevent chemicals such as per- fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod Port

You can use an AUX or USB cable to connect audio devices to the vehicle AUX or USB port.

Information When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Antenna

The roof antenna receives transmit- ted data. (For example : AM/FM)

i

NOTICE

MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

OJS048055 OJS048050

4-3

M ultim

edia System

4

Steering Wheel Audio Control

Do not operate multiple audio remote control buttons simultane- ously.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) Press the VOLUME switch up to

increase volume. Press the VOLUME switch down to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you release the button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down, it will function in the following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA- TION UP/DOWN button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button.

MODE (3) Press the MODE button to toggle through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.

MUTE ( ) (4) Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound. Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

Information Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.

i

NOTICE

OJS048052

4-4

Multimedia System

Bluetooth Wireless Technology Hands-Free

With the Bluetooth Wireless Technology in the vehicle, you can use the phone wireless.

(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone Detailed information for the Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free is described in the Car Multimedia User's Manual.

Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN) (if equipped) Detailed information for the AVN sys- tem is described in the Car Multimedia User's Manual.

OJS048053

OOS047076

Driving your vehicle

5

Before Driving ........................................................5-4 Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4 Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Ignition Switch........................................................5-6 Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6 Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9

Manual Transmission...........................................5-18 Manual Transmission Operation..................................5-18 Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-20

Automatic Transmission ......................................5-22 Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-22 Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-27

Dual clutch Transmission ....................................5-29 Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ..........................5-29 LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message.............................................................5-31 Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-38

Braking System ....................................................5-40 Power Brakes...................................................................5-40 Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-41 Parking Brake .................................................................5-41 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-43 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-45 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-47

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-48 Good Braking Practices.................................................5-49

Drive Mode Integrated Control System............5-51 DRIVE MODE (with Automatic Transmission/ Dual Clutch Transmission) .............................................5-51 SPORT MODE (with Manual Transmission) ..............5-53

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System...5-55 BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) ..........................5-56 RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-58 Blind Spot Collision Warning - Sensor Location.....5-60 Limitations of the System.............................................5-61

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System (Camera)..................................................5-63

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-63 FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-65 FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-67 System Malfunction .......................................................5-68 Limitations of the System.............................................5-70

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System (Fusion Sensor)......................................5-75

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-75 FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-77 FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-79 System Malfunction .......................................................5-80 Limitations of the System.............................................5-82

5

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System...................5-87 LKA System Operation...................................................5-88 Warning Light and Message.........................................5-92 Limitations of the System.............................................5-93 LKA system Function Change ......................................5-94

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.........5-95 System Setting and Activation.....................................5-95 Resetting the System.....................................................5-96 System Standby...............................................................5-97 System Malfunction .......................................................5-97

Cruise Control.......................................................5-99 Cruise Control operation ...............................................5-99

Smart Cruise Control System ...........................5-104 Smart Cruise Control Switch ......................................5-105 Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-106 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance...........................................................................5-110 Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead...............................................................................5-112 To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control ....................................................5-114 To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-115 Limitations of the System...........................................5-115

Special Driving Conditions ................................5-120 Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-120 Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-120 Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-121 Driving at Night .............................................................5-121 Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-121 Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-122 Highway Driving ............................................................5-122

Winter Driving ....................................................5-123 Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-123 Winter Precautions.......................................................5-125

Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-127 Tire Loading Information Label .................................5-128

Trailer Towing.....................................................5-132

5-3

Driving your vehicle

5

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4

Driving your vehicle

Before Entering the Vehicle Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.

Remove frost, snow, or ice. Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage. Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks. Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting Make sure the hood, the liftgate,

and the doors are securely closed and locked.

Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.

Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.

Verify all the lights work. Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all

passengers have fastened their seatbelts.

Check the gauges and indicators in the instrument panel and the mes- sages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Check that any items you are car- rying are stored properly or fas- tened down securely.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari- ety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit harmful chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and cer- tain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

WARNING

BEFORE DRIVING

5-5

Driving your vehicle

5

NEVER drink or take drugs and drive. Drinking or taking drugs and driv- ing is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, percep- tions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reac- tion time gets worse with each additional drink. Driving while under the influ- ence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.

WARNING You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driv- er or call a taxi.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- lowing precautions: ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop- erly belted whenever the vehi- cle is moving. For more details, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedes- trians may be careless and make mistakes.

Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.

Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.

WARNING

5-6

Key Ignition Switch

Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, pro- vided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. (if equipped)

IGNITION SWITCH

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the fol- lowing precautions: NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the igni- tion switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehi- cle movement can occur.

NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control result- ing in an accident.

WARNING NEVER turn the ignition switch to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of direc- tional control and braking func- tion, which could cause an acci- dent. Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear (for manual trans- mission vehicle) or P (Park, for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicle) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

WARNING

OAE056172L

LOCK

ACC ON

START

5-7

Driving your vehicle

5

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Position Action Notice

LOCK

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, turn the key towards the LOCK position.

The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.

(The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position for auto- matic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicles)

ACC Electrical accessories are usable.

The steering wheel unlocks.

ON

This is the normal key position when the engine has started.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery from discharging.

START To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release the key.

5-8

Starting the engine Vehicle with manual transmission: 1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 3. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.

Information Depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal until the engine starts.

Vehicle with automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission: 1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.

Information It is best to maintain a moderate

engine speed until the vehicle engine comes up to normal operating tem- perature. Avoid harsh or abrupt acceleration or deceleration while the engine is still cold.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while start- ing the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: Do not hold the ignition key in

the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.

Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

NOTICE

i

i

Driving your vehicle

Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

WARNING

5-9

Driving your vehicle

Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting the engine. If the engine is cold, idle for sever- al seconds before sufficient lubri- cation is ensured in the tur- bocharger.

2. After high speed or extended driv- ing that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning the engine off. This idle time will allow the tur- bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi- ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbocharger.

Engine Start/Stop Button

Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illu- minate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.

NOTICE

5 OJS058001

To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.

WARNING

To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.

WARNING

5-10

Driving your vehicle

NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of direc- tional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF posi- tion, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

WARNING NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

5-11

Driving your vehicle

5

Engine Start/Stop button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission

Button Position Action Notice

OFF To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle and then press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Not illuminated

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depress- ing the clutch pedal. Electrical accessories are usable.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the bat- tery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.

Orange indicator

5-12

Driving your vehicle

Button Position Action Notice

ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.

Blue indicator

START To start the engine, depress the clutch and brake pedals and press the Engine Start/ Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the clutch pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF ACC ON OFF

Not illuminated

- Vehicle with manual transmission

5-13

Driving your vehicle

5

Engine Start/Stop button positions - Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

Button Position Action Notice

OFF To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park). When you press the Engine Start/Stop but- ton without the shift lever in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depress- ing the brake pedal. Electrical accessories are usable.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position for more than one hour, the bat- tery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.

5-14

Driving your vehicle

Button Position Action Notice

ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position when the engine is not run- ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

START To start the engine, depress the brake pedal and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with- out depressing the brake pedal, the engine does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but- ton changes as follows: OFF ACC ON OFF However, the engine may start if you depress the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press- ing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF position.

- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

5-15

Driving your vehicle

5

Starting the engine Information The engine will start by pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.

Even if the smart key is in the vehi- cle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.

When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC or ON position, if any door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is ON.

Vehicle with manual transmission: 1. Always carry the smart key with

you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral. 4. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

Information Depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal until the engine starts.

Vehicle with automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission: 1. Always carry the smart key with

you. 2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park). 4. Depress the brake pedal. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

i

i

Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.

Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may sud- denly move if the brake pedal is released when the rpm is high.

WARNING

5-16

Driving your vehicle

Information Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station- ary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerat- ing and decelerating should be avoided.)

Always start the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal. Do not depress the accelerator while start- ing the vehicle. Do not rev the engine while warming it up.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: If the engine stalls while you are

in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.

Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle: When the stop lamp switch fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position. Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp switch fuse is blown. For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.

Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting the engine. If the engine is cold, idle for sever- al seconds before sufficient lubri- cation is ensured in the tur- bocharger.

2. After high speed or extended driv- ing that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about 1 minute before turning the engine off. This idle time will allow the tur- bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi- ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbocharger.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

5-17

Driving your vehicle

Information If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the pic- ture above.

i 5

OJS058005

5-18

Manual Transmission Operation The manual transmission has 6 for- ward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Driving your vehicle

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

WARNING

OJS058120

The shift lever can be moved without Pulling the ring (1).

The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving the shift lever.

OJS058038L

The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button (1).

The button (1) must be pressed while moving the shift lever.

Type A Type B

5-19

Driving your vehicle

To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, and then move the shift lever to neu- tral before moving into R (Reverse).

When you've come to a complete stop and it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse): 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and

release the clutch pedal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal, and

then shift into 1 (First) or R (Reverse) gear.

Information During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubri- cant has warmed up.

Using the clutch The clutch pedal should be depressed all the way before: - Starting the engine

The engine will not start without depressing the clutch pedal.

- Shifting into gear, up shifting to the next higher gear, or down shifting to the next lower gear.

When releasing the clutch pedal, release it slowly. The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving.

To prevent unnecessary wear or damage to the clutch: Do not rest your foot on the

clutch pedal while driving. Do not hold the vehicle with the

clutch on an incline, while wait- ing for the traffic light, etc.

Always depress the clutch pedal down fully to prevent noise or damage.

Do not depress the clutch pedal again until it is fully released.

Do not start with the 2nd gear engaged except when you start on a slippery road.

Do not drive with cargo loaded more than required loading capacity.

NOTICE

i 5

5-20

Downshifting Down shift to a lower gear when slowing down in heavy traffic or driv- ing up a steep hill to prevent high engine loads. Also, downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and helps reaccel- erate the vehicle when you need to increase your speed. When the vehicle is going downhill, downshifting helps maintain safe speed by providing engine braking (brake power from the engine) and results in less wear on the brakes.

To prevent damage to the engine, clutch and transmission: When downshifting from 5th

gear to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd

gear. A drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point the tachometer will enter the red- zone and may cause engine damage.

Do not downshift more than two gear at a time or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such down shifting may damage the engine, clutch and the trans- mission.

Good Driving Practices Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This is extremely dangerous.

Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction. When you are driving down a long hill, slow down and shift to a lower gear. Engine braking will help slow down the vehicle.

Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. This will help avoid over-revving the engine, which can cause damage.

Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.

Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you shift into R (Reverse) to prevent damage to the transmission.

NOTICE

Driving your vehicle

5-21

Driving your vehicle

Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

5 Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on slip- pery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.

WARNING

Avoid high speeds when cor- nering or turning.

Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.

Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt- ed occupant.

WARNING

5-22

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Driving your vehicle

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever. Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever.

OJS058006

Automatic Transmission Operation The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- tion. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.

When using Manual Shift Mode, use caution when shift- ing from a higher gear to a lower gear on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an acci- dent.

WARNING

Manual shift mode

Shift lever

5-23

Driving your vehicle

5

Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument clus- ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal. If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this section. The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.

When parking on an incline, place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill.

WARNING

5-24

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a six-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. For extra power when passing anoth- er vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate.

In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. + (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear. - (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one gear.

Information Only the six forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift mode. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.

Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat- ically selected.

When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.

i

Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.

WARNING

OJS058008

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

5-25

Driving your vehicle

5

If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.

When accelerating from a stop on a slippery road, push the shift lever forward into the + (Up) position. This allows the transmission to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the - (Down) side to shift back to the 1st gear.

When driving in Manual Shift Mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.

Shift-lock system For your safety, the automatic trans- mission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmis- sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever.

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

The paddle shifter is functional when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi- tion or the manual shift mode.

OJS058009

5-26

Driving your vehicle

With the shift lever in the D posi- tion

The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 mph (10 km/h). Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode. When the vehicle speed is lower than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you move the shift lever from D (Drive) to manual shift mode and move it from manual shift mode to D (Drive) again, the system changes from manual mode to auto- matic mode.

With the shift lever in the manual shift mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear.

Information If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear change may not occur.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depress- ing the brake, and then do the follow- ing: 1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the shift-lock release button

(1) . 4. Move the shift lever while pushing

the shift-lock release button. 5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release

button.

If you need to use the shift-lock release, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

i

OJS058007

5-27

Driving your vehicle

5

Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

Good Driving Practices Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.

Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. If the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) while driving the vehicle loses the ability to provide engine braking. Doing so may increase the risk of an acci- dent.

Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle decel- eration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is released.

Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmis- sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.

The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.

Do not stop or park over flam- mable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-28

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt- ed occupant.

Avoid high speeds when cor- nering or turning.

Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.

Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

WARNING In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

5-29

Driving your vehicle

5

Dual Clutch Transmission Operation The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position. The dual clutch transmission can

be thought of as an automatically shifting manual transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the ease of a fully automatic transmis- sion.

When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through the gears similar to a con- ventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected.

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever. Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.

OJS058006L

Shift lever

5-30

Driving your vehicle

The dual clutch transmission adopts a dry-type dual clutch, which is different from the torque converter of the automatic trans- mission. It shows better accelera- tion performance and increased fuel efficiency while driving but ini- tial launch might be little bit slower than the automatic transmission. As a result, gear shifts are some- times more noticeable than a con- ventional automatic transmission and a light vibration during launch- ing can be felt as the transmission speed is matched with the engine speed.This is a normal condition of the dual clutch transmission.

The dry-type clutch transfers torque more directly and provides a direct-drive feeling which may feel different from a conventional automatic transmission with a torque converter. This may be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when traveling at low, stop-and-go vehi- cle speeds.

When rapidly accelerating at a low vehicle speed, the engine rpm may increase highly depending on the vehicle's driving condition.

For a smooth uphill launch, depress the accelerator pedal smoothly depending on the current conditions.

If you release your foot from the accelerator pedal at low vehicle speed, you may feel strong engine braking, which is similar to manual transmission.

When driving downhill, you may use Sports Mode or press the pad- dle shifters (if equipped) to down- shift to a lower gear in order to con- trol your speed without using the brake pedal excessively.

When you turn the engine on and off, you may hear clicking sounds as the system goes through a self- test. This is a normal sound for the dual clutch transmission.

During the first 1000 miles, you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this break-in period, the shift quality and per- formance of your new vehicle is continuously optimized.

To reduce the risk of serious injury or death: ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- tion. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.

Do not use aggressive engine braking (shifting from a high- er gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires to slip and may result in an accident.

WARNING

5-31

Driving your vehicle

5 Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

Do not put the shift lever in N (Neutral) while driving.

LCD display for transmission temperature and warning mes- sage Transmission temperature gauge

Select trip computer mode on the LCD display and move to the trans- mission temperature screen to see the temperature of the dual clutch transmission.

Try to drive so that the temperature gauge do not show high/overheat. When the transmission is over- heated, the warning message will display on the LCD. Follow the dis- played message.

The transmission temperature is displayed in three colors (white, orange and red) as it increases. (if equipped with the cluster type B and C)

Orange temperature gauge is dis- played right before the warning message appears on the LCD dis- play. (if equipped)

NOTICE

To avoid damage to your transmission, do not try to accelerate with the shift lever in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the brake engaged.

When stopped on a slope, do not hold the vehicle with accelerator pedal. Engage the service brake or the parking brake.

Due to transmission failure, you may not continue to drive and the position indicator (D, P) on the instrument cluster will bilnk. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.

WARNING

OJS048123N/OOS057100L

Increase (high temperature) of the transmission temperature gauge usually appears on an incline when the vehicle is stopped for a long time using accelerator pedal, without depressing the brake pedal.

To maintain the optimal trans- mission performance, drive so that the white gauge is not exceeded. (if equipped)

CAUTION

5-32

Driving your vehicle

DCT warning messages

Steep grade

This warning message is displayed when vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and the vehicle detects that the brake pedal is not applied. Driving up hills or on steep grades: To hold the vehicle on an incline

use the foot brake or the parking brake.

When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, keep some distance ahead before moving the vehicle forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake.

If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with brake pedal dis- engaged, the clutch and transmis- sion may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display.

If the LCD display warning is active, the foot brake must be applied.

Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission. Transmission high temperature

Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase exces- sively. Finally the clutch in trans- mission could be overheated.

When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime. At this time, "Transmission temp. is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display and driving may not be smooth.

OJS048123N/OTLE055022

OTLE055019

5-33

Driving your vehicle

5

If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on, and allow the transmission to cool.

If you ignore this warning, the driv- ing condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condi- tion, stop the vehicle and apply the foot brake or shift into P (Park). Then allow the transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on, before driving off.

When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

Transmission overheated

If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission Hot! Park with engine on" warning will be displayed.

When this occurs the clutch is dis- abled until the clutch cools to nor- mal temperatures.

The warning will display a time to wait for the transmission to cool.

If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with engine on for a certain time, and allow the transmission to cool.

When the message "Trans cooled. Resume driving" appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.

When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.

If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- tem checked.

OJS048322N

OOS057100L/OJS048321N

5-34

Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument clus- ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park). To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal. If you have done all of the above and still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in this chapter. The shift lever must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.

Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not engaged. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any reason. Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE

Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.

After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.

When parking on an incline, place the shift lever in P (Park) and apply the parking brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill.

For safety, always engage the parking brake with the shift lever in the P (Park) position except for the case of emer- gency parking.

Do not use the P (Park) posi- tion in place of the parking brake.

WARNING

5-35

Driving your vehicle

5 D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position. The transmission will automatically shift through a seven-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power. For extra power when passing anoth- er vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear.

Always make sure the vehicle is stationary, at a complete stop, before selecting D (Drive).

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion, manual shift mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the main gate. In manual shift mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to select the desired range of gears for the current driving conditions. + (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear. - (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one gear.

NOTICE

Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You could lose control of the vehicle and hit people or objects.

WARNING

Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine is running at high speed can cause the vehicle to move very rapidly. You may lose control of the vehicle and cause accidents.

Do not drive with the shift lever in N (Neutral). The engine brake will not work and may lead to an accident.

WARNING

OJS058008

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

5-36

Driving your vehicle

Information Only the seven forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift Mode. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as required.

Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat- ically selected.

When the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmission will upshift automatically.

If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable engine rpm range. The driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking care to keep the engine rpms below the red zone.

DS mode (Drive Sporty)

Ds mode supports the perform- ance mode for the driver. To shift into Ds mode, move the shift lever from D (Drive) to the center of the manual shift mode. The transmis- sion shift is automatically opti- mized for sporty feeling drive.

In Ds mode, while coasting down- hill, engine braking is not support- ed.

In Ds mode, if you control the pad- dle shifter, the gear will be changed to sports mode. If the shift lever is moved back into to D (Drive), it will be changed to D (Drive) mode.

While stopping the vehicle by applying parking brake in D gear, even if you release the parking brake, the vehicle may not move. In this case, you can drive the vehicle by applying the brake pedal and release, applying the accelerator or shifting the lever (D N D).

Paddle shifter (if equipped)

The paddle shifter is functional when the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi- tion or the manual shift mode.

NOTICE

i

OJS058009

5-37

Driving your vehicle

5

With the shift lever in the D posi- tion

The paddle shifter will operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 mph (10 km/h). Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode. When the vehicle speed is lower than 6 mph (10 km/h), if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you move the shift lever from D (Drive) to Ds (drive sporty) mode and move it from Ds (drive sporty) mode to D (Drive) again, the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode.

With the shift lever in the manual shift mode

Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear.

Information If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

Shift-lock system For your safety, the dual clutch trans- mission has a shift-lock system which prevents shifting the transmis- sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, and then do the following: 1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Push the shift-lock release button

(1). 4. Move the shift lever while pushing

the shift-lock release button. 5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release

button.

i

OJS058007

5-38

If you need to use the shift-lock release, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately.

Parking Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the key with you when exiting the vehicle.

Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive). Depress the accelerator pedal gradually while releasing the brake pedal.

Good Driving Practices Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.

Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion. Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

Do not move the shift lever to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.

Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.

Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power reduction to assure vehicle decel- eration. Vehicle acceleration will resume after the brake pedal is released.

Driving your vehicle

When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accel- erator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components. Do not stop or park over flam- mable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-39

Driving your vehicle

When driving in Manual Shift mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.

Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmis- sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator.

5

In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.

HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belt- ed occupant.

Avoid high speeds when cor- nering or turning.

Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds.

Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.

WARNING

If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., you may attempt to free the vehicle by rocking it back and forth. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near. Vehicle may suddenly move for- ward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or dam- age to nearby people or objects.

WARNING

5-40

Driving your vehicle

Power Brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping dis- tance, however, will be longer than with power brakes. When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con- trol on slippery surfaces.

BRAKING SYSTEM

Take the following precautions: Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, exces- sive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.

When descending down a long or steep hill, move the gear shift lever to Manual Shift Mode and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a tempo- rary loss of braking perform- ance.

Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way. Always test your brakes in this fash- ion after driving through deep water. To dry the brakes, light- ly tap the brake pedal to heat up the brakes while maintain- ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal. Avoid driving at high speeds until the brakes func- tion correctly.

WARNING

5-41

Driving your vehicle

5

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.

Information Always replace brake pads as com- plete front or rear axle sets.

Parking Brake

Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle. To apply the parking brake: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever as far as possible.

To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal. While pressing the release button (1), slightly pull up on the parking brake lever then lower the parking brake lever (2). If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, have your vehicle checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.i

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not oper- ate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.

WARNING

OJS058010

OJS058011

5-42

Driving your vehicle

Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the park- ing brake engaged, warning will sound. Damage to the parking brake may occur.

Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking sys- tem and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is off before driving.

Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON posi- tion (do not start the engine).

This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni- tion switch in the START or ON posi- tion. Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF. If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.

NOTICE

Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the park- ing brake, and place the igni- tion switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.

When parking on an incline, block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling down.

NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.

Only release the parking brake when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING

5-43

Driving your vehicle

5

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible. When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active. ABS does not reduce the time or dis- tance it takes to stop the vehicle. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather con- ditions.

Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.

An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers. Even though vehi- cle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following road conditions. Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions: Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads. On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has different surface height.

WARNING

5-44

Driving your vehicle

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili- ty. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steer- ing wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake sys- tem may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system. The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the igni- tion switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible

Information When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

i

If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normal- ly. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road hav- ing poor traction, such as an icy road, and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull your car over to a safe place and turn the engine off. Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

5-45

Driving your vehicle

5

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine man- agement system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

ESC operation ESC ON condition

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approxi- mately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera- tion, the ESC indicator light blinks:

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.

When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under rou- tine conditions.

If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reen- gaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped)

When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the sta- bility and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.

OJS058012

Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

WARNING

5-46

Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

State 1 Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the trac- tion control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (brak- ing management) still operates.

State 2 Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 sec- onds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction and Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (brak- ing management) are disabled. If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.

Indicator lights

When the ignition switch is placed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks when- ever the ESC is operating. If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off.

Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized wheels and tires installed.

NOTICE

ESC indicator light (blinks)

ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active: Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.

WARNING

5-47

Driving your vehicle

5

ESC OFF usage When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC to maintain wheel torque. To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.

To prevent damage to the trans- mission: Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. The repairs would not be cov- ered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine power and do not spin the wheel(s) excessive- ly while these lights are dis- played.

When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).

Information Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking sud- denly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.

i

NOTICE

Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a sub- stitute for safe driving prac- tices.

Never drive too fast for the road conditions.The VSM sys- tem will not prevent acci- dents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.

WARNING

5-48

Driving your vehicle

VSM operation VSM ON condition

The VSM operates when: The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on. Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve roads.

Vehicle speed is approximately above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sen- sation in the brake pedal. This is nor- mal and it means your VSM is active.

The VSM does not operate when: Driving on a banked road such

as gradient or incline. Driving rearward. ESC OFF indicator light is on. EPS (Electric Power Steering)

warning light ( ) is on or blinks.

Driving with wheels and tires with dif- ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys- tem to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releas- es the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)

The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not acti- vate when the ESC has malfunc- tioned.

NOTICE

NOTICE

If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM sys- tem.When the warning light illu- minates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING Always be ready to depress the accelerator pedal when starting off on a incline.The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.

WARNING

5-49

Driving your vehicle

5

Good Braking Practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- ing, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling for- ward.

If your vehicle is equipped with the automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission, do not let your vehicle creep forward. To avoid creeping forward, keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped.

Be cautious when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P (automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual trans- mission). If your vehicle is fac- ing downhill, steer the front wheels to the curb to help pre- vent the vehicle from rolling. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the front wheels away from the curb to help prevent the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb or if the vehicle has to be kept from rolling due to conditions block the wheels.

NOTICE Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a com- plete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Move the shift lever into 1st gear (for manual transmission vehicle) or P (Park, for automatic transmis- sion/dual clutch transmission vehicle) position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles parked with the park- ing brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadver- tently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.

WARNING

5-50

Driving your vehicle

Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk of brake freezing, apply the brake temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (Automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission) or in first or reverse gear (manual trans- mission) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Do not hold the vehicle on the incline with the accelerator pedal. This can cause the trans- mission to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.

5-51

Driving your vehicle

5

DRIVE MODE (with Automatic Transmission/ Dual Clutch Transmission)

The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.

Information If there is a problem with the instru- ment cluster, the drive mode will be in NORMAL mode and may not change to other mode.

The mode changes, as below, when- ever the DRIVE MODE is pressed.

NORMAL mode In NORMAL mode the engine and transmission control logic work together to provide regular daily driv- ing performance with some fuel effi- ciency. When NORMAL mode is selected,

it is not displayed on the instrument cluster.

SPORT mode SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance.

When SPORT mode is selected by pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.

Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the DRIVE MODE button.

When SPORT mode is activated: - The engine rpm will tend to

remain a little higher for a brief time even after releasing the accelerator. This is normal when the SPORT mode is activated.

- Upshifts are delayed when accel- erating

Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

i

i

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

OJS058013

SPORT

NORMAL SMART

5-52

SMART mode SMART mode selects the proper driving mode between NORMAL and SPORT by judging the

driver's driving habits (i.e. Economical or Aggressive) from the brake pedal depression or the steer- ing wheel operation. Press the DRIVE MODE button to

select SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instru- ment cluster.

Vehicle's equipped with a supervi- sion cluster the indicator illumi- nates in green, when the driver's driving is categorized to be eco- nomic. It illuminates in white, when the driver's driving is categorized to be normal. It illuminates in yel- low, when the driver's driving is categorized to be sportive during abrupt braking or sharp curving.

Whenever the engine is restarted, the drive mode will revert back to NORMAL mode. If SMART mode is desired, re-select SMART mode.

SMART mode automatically con- trols gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the dri- ver's driving habits.

Information When you dynamically drive the vehi- cle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.

Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode

The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake performance.

You may still sense the engine braking performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains in lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal driving situation, not indicating any malfunction.

The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situa- tions, the driving mode sets to be in SMART NORMAL mode.

i

Driving your vehicle

5-53

Driving your vehicle

Limitation of SMART mode

The SMART mode may be limited in following situations. (The OFF indica- tor illuminates in those situations.) The driver manually moves the

shift lever : It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle drives, as the driver manu- ally moves the shift lever.

The cruise control is activated : The cruise control system may deactivate the SMART mode when the vehicle is controlled by the set speed of the smart cruise control system. (SMART mode is not deactivated just by activating the cruise control system.)

The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high : The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situa- tions. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature may temporarily deactivate the SMART mode, because the trans- mission condition is out of normal operation condition.

SPORT MODE (with Manual Transmission)

The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.

Information If there is a problem with the instru- ment cluster, the drive mode will be in NORMAL mode and may not change to other mode.

i

5OJS058039

5-54

The mode changes, as below, when- ever the SPORT button is pressed.

NORMAL mode In NORMAL mode the engine and transmission control logic work together to provide regular daily driv- ing performance with some fuel effi- ciency. When NORMAL mode is selected,

it is not displayed on the instrument cluster.

SPORT mode SPORT mode manages the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driving performance.

When SPORT mode is selected by pressing the SPORT button, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.

Whenever the engine is restarted, the Drive Mode will revert back to NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the SPORT button.

When SPORT mode is activated: - The engine rpm will tend to

remain a little higher for a brief time even after releasing the accelerator. This is normal when the SPORT mode is activated.

- Upshifts are delayed when accel- erating

Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

i

Driving your vehicle

NORMAL

SPORT

5-55

Driving your vehicle

5

[A] : Blind spot area

[B] : Closing at high speed

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver of an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area. The system monitors the rear area of the vehicle and provides information to the driver with an audible alert and an indicator on the outer side view mirrors.

(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.

(2) BCW : Closing at high speed The BCW-Closing at high speed feature will alert you when a vehi- cle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.

(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) The RCCW feature monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The feature will operate when the vehicle is moving in reverse below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncom- ing cross traffic is detected a warning chime will sound. The time of alert varies according to the speed difference between you and the approaching vehicle.

BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OOS057099L

A

B

Always be aware of road con- ditions while driving and be alert for unexpected situations even though the Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- tem is operating.

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system is not a substitute for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up the vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- tem may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-56

Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) Operating conditions

To operate: Press the BCW switch with the igni- tion switch in the ON position. The indicator on the BCW switch will illuminate.

To cancel: Press the BCW switch again. The indicator on the switch will go off. When the system is not used, turn the system off by turning off the switch.

Information If the ignition switch is turned OFF

and then ON again, the BCW sys- tem returns to the previous state.

When the system is turned on, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mir- ror.

The function will activate when: 1. The system is on. 2. The vehicle speed is above

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). 3. An oncoming vehicle is detected

in the blind spot area.

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror. Once the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off depending on the driving conditions of the vehicle.

i

OJS058021

Left side

Right side

OJS058018

5-57

Driving your vehicle

5

The second stage alarm may be deactivated. - To deactivate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings Driver Assistance and deselect Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display.

- To activate the warning chime: Go to the ''User Settings Driver Assistance and select Blind-Spot Collision Warning sound'' on the LCD display.

Information The warning chime function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this func- tion only when it is necessary.

i

OJS058022

Left side

OJS058023

Right side

[A] : Warning sound

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when: 1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

(the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND 2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being

detected). When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will also blink. If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deacti- vated.

5-58

Driving your vehicle

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function monitors approach- ing cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.

Operating conditions To operate: Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance and select Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD display. (For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.) The system will turn on and standby to activate. The system will activate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R (Reverse).

Information The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) detecting range is approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detect- ed if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 - 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).

Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches your vehicle, the warn- ing chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a message will appear on the LCD display.

i Left Right

OJS058102/OJS058103

5-59

Driving your vehicle

5

Information The warning chime will turn off

when:

- The detected vehicle moves out of the sensing area or

- when the vehicle is right behind your vehicle or

- when the vehicle is not approach- ing your vehicle or

- when the other vehicle slows down.

The system may not operate proper- ly due to other factors or circum- stances. Always pay attention to your surroundings.

If the sensing area near the rear bumper is blocked by either a wall or barrier or by a parked vehicle, the system sensing area may be reduced.

The system may not work prop- erly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.

The sensing range differs some- what according to the width of the road. When the road is nar- row, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane OR when the road is wide, the system may not detect other vehicles in the next lane.

The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves.

NOTICE

i

The warning light on the outer side view mirror will illumi- nate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle.

Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW). Do not sole- ly rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check your surround- ings while driving.

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) are not a substitute for proper and safe driving practices. Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or back- ing up your vehicle.The Blind- Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system may not detect every object alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-60

Driving your vehicle

Blind Spot Collision Warning - Sensor Location

The sensors are located inside the rear bumper. Always keep the rear bumper clean for the proper operation of the sys- tem.

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked

This warning message may appear when : - One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the BCW sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.

- When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.

If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW switch and the sys- tem will turn off automatically. When the BCW cancelled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors. After any dirt or debris is removed, the BCW system should operate nor- mally after about 10 minutes of driv- ing the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OJS058024N

OOS057077L

5-61

Driving your vehicle

5 Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCW system, a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Non-operating condition The BCW indicator on the outer side view mirror may not illumi- nate properly when:

- The outer side view mirror housing is damaged.

- The mirror is covered with dirt, snow, or debris.

- The window is covered with dirt, snow, or debris.

- The window is tinted.

Limitations of the System The driver must be cautious in the below situations, because the sys- tem may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances. The vehicle drives on a curved

road or through a tollgate. The vehicle is turning left or right at

a crossroads. The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc. The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.

The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in the luggage compartment, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.

There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail, per- son, animal, etc.

OOS057078L

5-62

Driving your vehicle

The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.

A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.

A motorcycle or bicycle is near. A flat trailer is near. If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.

When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.

While changing lanes. While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is different.

When the other vehicle approach- es very close.

When the temperature near the rear bumper area is high or low.

When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.

When the detected vehicle also moves back, as your vehicle drives back.

If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.

If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.

When other vehicles are close to your vehicle.

When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane to you.

When driving through a narrow road with many trees or bushes.

When driving through a large area with few vehicles or structures around, such as a desert, rural area, etc.

When driving on wet surfaces.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

5-63

Driving your vehicle

5

The Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through cam- era recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency brak- ing.

* Camera type FCA does not detect pedestrian.

System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: ''User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA)''

The FCA deactivates, when the driv- er deselects the system setting.

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM (CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED)

Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system:

This system is only a supple- mental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

NEVER drive too fast in accor- dance with the road condi- tions or while cornering.

Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sud- den situations from occur- ring. The Forward Collision Avoidance system may not always stop the vehicle com- pletely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.

WARNING

5-64

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- nates on the LCD display, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the sys- tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time on the LCD dis- play. Go to the 'User Settings Driver assistance Forward Collision Warning Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the fol- lowing:

- Early : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated earlier than normal. This setting maximizes the amount of dis- tance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs. Even though, 'Early' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the ini- tial warning activation time may not seem fast.

- Normal : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of dis- tance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs.

- Late : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This set- ting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Prerequisite for activation The FCA system is on and ready when FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following pre- requisites are satisfied: - The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on. - Driving speed exceeds approxi-

mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)

- The system detects a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be acti- vated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driv- ing situation or vehicle condition.)

5-65

Driving your vehicle

5

FCA Warning Message and System Control The FCA produces warning mes- sages and warning alarms in accor- dance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehi- cle in front or insufficient braking dis- tance. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk lev- els.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or LATE initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. - Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.

Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate/ deactivate the FCA system.

The FCA automatically acti- vates upon placing the igni- tion switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.

The FCA automatically deacti- vates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display.

WARNING

OJS058143N

5-66

Driving your vehicle

Emergency Braking (Second warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decel- erate the vehicle. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.

Brake operation In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the dri- vers depressing the brake pedal.

The FCA provides additional brak- ing power for optimum braking per- formance, when the driver depress- es the brake pedal.

The braking control is automatical- ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.

The FCA braking control is auto- matically canceled, when risk fac- tors disappear.

The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.

CAUTION

OJS058144N The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the oper- ation of the FCA system.

WARNING

The FCA braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-67

Driving your vehicle

5

FCA Sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper- ate properly, always make sure the camera is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing perform- ance of the camera.

Always keep the camera sensor clean and free of dirt and debris.

Be careful not to apply unneces- sary force on the camera sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correct- ly. In this case, a warning mes- sage may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a dam- aged sensor.

NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield. NEVER locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunc- tion of the system.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.

NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.

Information Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

The windshield glass is replaced.

The camera or related parts are repaired or removed.

i

NOTICENOTICE

OJS058015N

Front camera

5-68

Driving your vehicle

Warning message and warning light

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Camera obscured

When the sensor is contaminated due to external environment such as snow, rain or foreign substances, the FCA system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD dis- play. In order for the FCA system to operate properly, remove any dirt, snow or debris and clean the camera sensor cover before the system operation.

The FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine.

System Malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system

When the FCA is not working prop- erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few sec- onds. After the message disap- pears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light.

OJS058155N

Type A Type B

OOS057081L/OOS057082L

Depending on the driving, traf- fic, road or weather condition, the FCA system may not acti- vate properly without the warn- ing message displayed.

WARNING

5-69

Driving your vehicle

5

Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.

Even if there is any problem in the FCA systems brake con- trol function, general braking performance will operate nor- mally. In this case, the brake control function which oper- ates when the collision is imminent will not activate.

If there is a malfunction with the FCA system, the Forward Collision avoidance assist system is not applied even though the braking system is operating normally.

If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehi- cle may stop suddenly shift- ing loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.

The FCA system may not acti- vate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a colli- sion.

The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.

The FCA is only a supplemen- tal system for the driver's con- venience. The driver should hold the responsibility to con- trol the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.

In certain instances and under certain driving condi- tions, the FCA system may activate unintentionally. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be dis- played.

WARNING

5-70

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System The Forward Collision avoidance assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead on the roadway through camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. In certain situations, the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys- tem may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles The sensor may be limited when: The camera is blocked with a for-

eign object or debris The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass

Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of camera view

There is interference by electro- magnetic waves

The camera sensor recognition is limited

The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motor- cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recog- nition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)

The driver's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much back- light that obscures the field of view)

The FCA system operates only to detect vehicles in front of the vehicle.

The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.

The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the oppo- site lane.

The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.

The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehi- cle (for example on a dead end street.)

In these cases, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driv- ing speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

WARNING

5-71

Driving your vehicle

5

The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON

The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter- ing or exiting a tunnel

Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a pud- dle in the road

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare

The windshield glass is fogged up or frozen; a clear view of the road is obstructed

The vehicle in front is driving errat- ically

The vehicle drives through a con- struction area, on an unpaved road, or above metal materials, such as a railway

The vehicle drives inside a build- ing, such as a basement parking lot

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

The vehicle in front is moving verti- cally to the driving direction

The vehicle in front is stopped ver- tically

The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing

You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles

The camera (lens) is damaged The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel

The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, etc.

Driving through a tunnel entrance, toll gate, partially paved road

It is foggy

- Driving on a curve The performance of the FCA system may be limited when driving on a curved road. In certain instances on a curved road, the FCA system may activate prematurely. Also, in certain instances the camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road. In these cases, the driver must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OAE056100

5-72

Driving your vehicle

The FCA system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. In this case, the system may unnec- essarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- tem from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle.

- Driving on a slope The performance of the FCA decreas- es while driving upward or downward on a slope, not recognizing the vehi- cle in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning message and the warning alarm, or it may not produce the warning mes- sage and the warning alarm at all. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, espe- cially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OAE056103OJS058156NOAE056101

5-73

Driving your vehicle

5 When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- tem may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, addi- tional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

Information In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

i

OAE056109 OJS058157N

5-74

Driving your vehicle

Do not use the Forward Collision avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.

Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.

The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicy- cles or motorcycles.

Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er when the windshield glass or camera is replaced.

WARNING

5-75

Driving your vehicle

5

The Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian (if equipped) in the roadway through radar signals and camera recogni- tion to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.

System Setting and Activation System setting The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: ''User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Collision- Avoidance Assist (FCA)''

The FCA deactivates, when the driv- er deselects the system setting.

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM (FUSION SENSOR) (IF EQUIPPED)

Take the following precautions when using the Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system:

This system is only a supple- mental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

NEVER drive too fast in accor- dance with the road condi- tions or while cornering.

Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sud- den situations from occur- ring. The Forward Collision Avoidance system may not always stop the vehicle com- pletely and is only intended to help mitigate a collision that is imminent.

WARNING

5-76

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- nates on the LCD display, when you cancel the FCA system. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on the LCD display. Also, the warning light illuminates when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is turned off. If the warning light remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the sys- tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time on the LCD dis- play. Go to the 'User Settings Driver assistance Forward Collision Warning Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the fol- lowing:

- Early : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated earlier than normal. This setting maximizes the amount of dis- tance between the vehicle ahead before the initial warning occurs. Even though, 'Early' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the ini- tial warning activation time may not seem fast.

- Normal : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated normally. This setting allows for a nominal amount of dis- tance between the vehicle or pedes- trian ahead before the initial warning occurs.

- Late : When this condition is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This set- ting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs. Select 'Late' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.

Prerequisite for activation The FCA system is on and ready when FCA is selected on the LCD display and when the following pre- requisites are satisfied: - The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on. - Driving speed exceeds approxi-

mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA is only activated within a certain speed range.)

- The system detects a pedestrian or a vehicle in front, which may col- lide with your vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.)

5-77

Driving your vehicle

5

FCA Warning Message and System Control The FCA produces warning mes- sages and warning alarms in accor- dance with the collision risk levels, such as abrupt stopping of the vehi- cle in front, insufficient braking dis- tance, or pedestrian detection. Also, it controls the brakes in accordance with the collision risk levels.

The driver can select the initial warn- ing activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display. The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or LATE initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. - Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision.

Completely stop the vehicle on a safe location before operating the switch on the steering wheel to activate /deactivate the FCA system.

The FCA automatically acti- vates upon placing the igni- tion switch to the ON position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling the system setting on the LCD display.

The FCA automatically deacti- vates upon canceling the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is canceled, the FCA cannot be activated on the LCD display. The FCA warning light will illuminate which is normal.

WARNING

OJS058143N

5-78

Driving your vehicle

Emergency Braking (Second warning)

This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decel- erate the vehicle. - The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.

Brake operation In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status for prompt reaction against the dri- vers depressing the brake pedal.

The FCA provides additional brak- ing power for optimum braking per- formance, when the driver depress- es the brake pedal.

The braking control is automatical- ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.

The FCA braking control is auto- matically canceled, when risk fac- tors disappear.

OJS058144N

The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.

CAUTION

The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.

WARNING

The FCA braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger- ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-79

Driving your vehicle

5

FCA Sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper- ate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the sensor cover or sensor may adversely affect the sensing perform- ance of the sensor.

Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.

Always keep the radar sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and debris.

Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressur- ized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

Be careful not to apply unneces- sary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the FCA system may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a dam- aged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

NOTICE

OJS058014N

Front radar

OJS058015N

Front camera

5-80

Driving your vehicle

NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front wind- shield, nor tint the front wind- shield.

NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunc- tion of the system.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera out of water.

NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.

Information Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

The windshield glass is replaced.

The sensor cover or sensor gets damaged or replaced.

Warning message and warning light

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may stop temporar- ily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. In order for the FCA system to operate properly, remove any dirt, snow or debris and clean the sensor cover before the system operation. The FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected after turning ON the engine.

System Malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system

When the FCA is not working prop- erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few sec- onds. After the message disap- pears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light.

i

NOTICE

OOS057080L

Type A Type B

OOS057081L/OOS057082L

5-81

Driving your vehicle

5

Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.

Even if there is any problem in the FCA systems brake con- trol function, general braking performance will operate nor- mally. In this case, the brake control function which oper- ates when the collision is imminent will not activate.

The FCA is only a supplemen- tal system for the driver's con- venience. The driver should hold the responsibility to con- trol the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed.

In certain instances and under certain driving condi- tions, the FCA system may activate prematurely. This ini- tial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle or pedestri- an ahead. The FCA system may not activate and the warning message will not be displayed.

WARNING If there is a malfunction with the FCA system, the Forward Collision avoidance assist system is not applied even though the braking system is operating normally.

If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.

The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehi- cle may stop suddenly shift- ing loose objects toward the passengers. Always keep loose objects secured.

The FCA system may not acti- vate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid a colli- sion.

The brake control may be insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.

5-82

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System The Forward Collision avoidance assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian on the roadway through radar signals and camera recogni- tion to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking. In certain situations, the radar sen- sor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys- tem may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles The sensor may be limited when: The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or debris

Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera

There is interference by electro- magnetic waves

There is severe irregular reflection from the radar sensor

The radar/camera sensor recogni- tion is limited

The vehicle in front is too small to be detected (for example a motor- cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

The vehicle in front is an oversize vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recog- nition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)

The driver's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much back- light that obscures the field of view)

The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON

In these cases, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driv- ing speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

The FCA system operates only to detect vehicles or pedestrians in front of the vehicle.

The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.

The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.

The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the oppo- site lane.

The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.

The FCA system cannot detect the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehi- cle (for example on a dead end street.)

WARNING

5-83

Driving your vehicle

5

The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter- ing or exiting a tunnel

Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a pud- dle in the road

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare

The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstruct- ed

The vehicle in front is driving errat- ically

The vehicle drives through a con- struction area, on an unpaved road, or above metal materials, such as a railway

The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

The vehicle in front is moving verti- cally to the driving direction

The vehicle in front is stopped ver- tically

The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing

- Driving on a curve The performance of the FCA system may be limited when driving on a curved road. In certain instances on a curved road, the FCA system may activate prematurely. Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road. In these cases, the driver must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

The FCA system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road. In this case, the system may unnec- essarily alarm the driver and apply the brake. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- tem from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle.

OAE056100 OAE056101

5-84

Driving your vehicle

- Driving on a slope The performance of the FCA decreas- es while driving upward or downward on a slope, not recognizing the vehi- cle in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning message and the warning alarm, or it may not produce the warning mes- sage and the warning alarm at all. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanes When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, espe- cially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must main- tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- tem may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OAE056103OJS058016 OAE056109

5-85

Driving your vehicle

5 - Detecting the vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, addi- tional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if nec- essary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.

Detecting pedestrians The sensor may be limited when: The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright

The pedestrian is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area

The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the back- ground, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recogni- tion system

The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)

It is difficult to detect and distin- guish the pedestrian from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd

There is an item similar to a per- son's body structure

The pedestrian is small

The pedestrian has impaired mobility

The sensor recognition is limited The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or debris

Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera

When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road

The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare

The windshield glass is fogged up or frozen; a clear view of the road is obstructed

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving

You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles

The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass

OJS058017

5-86

Driving your vehicle

The camera (lens) is damaged The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel

The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, etc.

Driving through a tunnel entrance, toll gate , partially paved road

It is foggy

Information In some instances, the FCA system may be canceled when subjected to electromagnetic interference.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

i

i

Do not use the Forward Collision avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may adversely affect the safety of your vehicle or the towing vehicle.

Use extreme caution when the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance.

The FCA system is designed to detect and monitor the vehi- cle ahead or detect a pedestri- an in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition. It is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcy- cles, or smaller wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or strollers.

Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.

Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er when the cover or radar or windshield glass or camera is replaced.

WARNING

5-87

Driving your vehicle

5 The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys- tem helps detect lane markers on the road with a camera at the front wind- shield, and assists the driver's steer- ing to help keep the vehicle between lanes. When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warn- ing, while applying a slight counter- steering torque, to try to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM

OJS058015N

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the sur- rounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system: Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assist- ed by the system.

LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.

WARNING

The operation of the LKA sys- tem can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surround- ings. Always be cautious when driving.

Do not disassemble the LKA system camera temporarily to tint the window or attach any types of coatings and acces- sories. If you disassemble the camera and assemble it again, take your vehicle to an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.

When you replace the wind- shield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibra- tion.

5-88

Driving your vehicle

LKA System Operation

To activate/deactivate the LKA sys- tem: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system but- ton located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state.

Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated. If you continue to drive with your hands off the steering wheel after the "Keep hands on steering wheel" warning message appears, the system will turn off automatically. After then, if you drive with your hands on the steering wheel, the control will be acti- vated again.

The steering wheel is not con- tinuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher speed when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be able to be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.

If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. When you tow a trail- er, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.

OJS058025

The system detects lane markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly. Please refer to "Limitations of the system".

Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.

You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system because of excessive audio sound.

While other beeps such as the seat belt warning sound are in operation and override the LKA alarming system, LKA beeps may not occur.

Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunc- tion if the sunlight is reflected.

5-89

Driving your vehicle

5

The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA system.

- White : Sensor does not detect lane markers or vehicle speed is under 40 mph (64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects lane lines and the system is able to control vehicle steering.

LKA system operation

To see the LKA system screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

When both lane markers are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satis- fied, a green steering wheel indica- tor will illuminate and the LKA sys- tem indicator light will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be able to be controlled.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is a system to help pre- vent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road con- ditions when driving.

WARNING

OJS058105N

5-90

Driving your vehicle

If the speed of the vehicle is over 40 mph (64 kph) and the system detects lane markers, the color changes from gray to white.

If the system detects the left lane line, the left lane line color will change from gray to white.

If the system detects the right lane line, the right lane line color will change from gray to white.

Both lane lines must be detected for the system to fully activate.

If your vehicle speed exceeds 40 mph (64 km/h) and the LKA sys- tem button is ON, the system is enabled. If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows:

If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display and the warning sound is provided.

When the conditions below are met, LKA will be enable to assist steering. - Vehicle speed is above 40mph

(64kph). - Both lane markers are detected by

LKA. - The vehicle is between the lane

markers. If LKA can assist steering, a green steering wheel indicator will illumi- nate.

If the vehicle moves out its lane because steering torque for assis- tance is not enough, the line indica- tor of deviation direction will blink and the warning sound is provided.

Lane marker undetected Lane marker detected

OJS058105N/OJS058106N

Left lane marker Right lane marker

OJS058107N/OJS058108N

5-91

Driving your vehicle

5 Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.

Information If the steering wheel is held very light- ly the message may still appear because the LKA system may not rec- ognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.

Driver's grasp not detected. LKA system will be disabled tem- porarily

If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driv- er only when the driver crosses the lane lines. However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the sys- tem will start controlling the steering wheel.

i

The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.

WARNING

OOS057083LOAEE056129L

5-92

Driving your vehicle

Information Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.

The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.

Warning Light and Message

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few sec- onds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illu- minate.

LKA system failure indicator The LKA system failure indicator (yellow) will illu- minate if the LKA system is not working properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When there is a problem with the system do one of the following:

Turn the system on after turning the engine off and on again.

Check if the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Check if the system is affected by the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.)

Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

OOS057084R

The driver is responsible for accurate steering.

Turn off the system in below situations. - In bad weather - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.

When towing a vehicle or trail- er.

WARNING

5-93

Driving your vehicle

5

The LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will not be assisted when:

The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be con- trolled.

The vehicle is not driven in the mid- dle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.

ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.

The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.

Vehicle speed is below 40 mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).

The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.

The vehicle brakes suddenly. Only one lane line is detected. The lane is very wide or narrow. There are more than two lane lines

on the road. (e.g. construction area) The vehicle is driven on a steep

incline.

Limitations of the System The LKA system may operate pre- maturely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:

When the lane and road condi- tions are poor It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not clearly marked.

It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from road.

There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane line that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

The lane line is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)

The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.

There are more than two lane lines on the road in front of you.

The lane line is very thick or thin.

The lanes ahead are not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.

The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, etc.

The lanes are incomplete or the area is in a construction zone.

The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.

There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.

The lane line in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.

When external condition is inter- vened The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel or passing under a bridge.

The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel or passing under a bridge.

5-94

Driving your vehicle

There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.

When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.

Road surface is not evenness. The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare. There is not enough distance

between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane line or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane line.

Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.

The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.

The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight and etc.

When front visibility is poor The windshield or the LKA system

camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.

The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstruct- ed.

Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.

LKA system Function Change The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system or change the LKA system mode between Standard LKA and Active LKA from the LCD display. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Keeping Assist Lane Departure Warning/Standard LKA/Active LKA'.

Lane Departure Warning LDW system alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.

Standard LKA The Standard LKA mode guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steer- ing wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lanes.

Active LKA The Active LKA mode provides more frequent steering wheel control in comparison with the Standard LKA mode. Active LKA can help reduce the driver's fatigue to assist the steering for maintaining the vehicle in the middle of the lane.

5-95

Driving your vehicle

5

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System is designed as a safety fea- ture to help reduce drowsy or inat- tentive driving. The DAW displays a bar graph that is intended to repre- sent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving.

System Setting and Activation System setting The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is set to be in the OFF position, when your vehicle is first delivered to you from the fac- tory.

To turn ON the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention Warning High Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' on the LCD display.

The driver can select the mode of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system. - High Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode.

- Normal Sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system helps alert the driver of his/her fatigue level or inattentive driving practices.

- Off : The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is deactivated.

The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system will be maintained, as selected, when the engine is re-started.

Driver's attention level DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM

OOS057085L

System off

OPDE056061

Attentive driving

5-96

Driving your vehicle

The driver can monitor their driving conditions on the LCD display. The DAW screen will appear when you select the Assist mode tab ( ) on the LCD display if the system is activated. (For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.)

The driver's attention level is dis- played on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the number is, the more inat- tentive the driver is.

The number decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.

The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a cer- tain period of time.

When the driver turns on the sys- tem while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.

Take a break

The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the LCD dis- play and a warning sounds in order to suggest the driver to take a break, when the drivers attention level is below 1.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system does not suggest the driver to take a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.

Resetting the System The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the follow- ing situations. - The engine is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver's door. - The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes. The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving.OPDE056063

OPDE056062

Inattentive driving

5-97

Driving your vehicle

5

System Standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations. - The camera does not detect the

lanes. - Driving speed remains under 40

mph (60 km/h) or over 125 mph (200 km/h).

System Malfunction

Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

When the warning message appears, the system is not working properly. In this case, have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is not a substi- tute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cau- tiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.

The system may suggest a break according to the dri- ver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver doesn't feel fatigue.

The driver, who feels fatigued, should take a break, even though there is no break sug- gestion by the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.

WARNING

OOS057086L OOS057087L

5-98

Driving your vehicle

The Driver Attention Warning sys- tem utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its opera- tion. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings: NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind- shield, nor tint the front wind- shield.

NEVER locate any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunc- tion of the Driver Attention Alert (DAW) system.

Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor out of water.

NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the camera assembly, nor apply any impact on the camera assembly.

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not properly operate with limited alerting in the following situations: The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.)

The vehicle is violently driven or is abruptly turned for obsta- cle avoidance (e.g. construc- tion area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road).

Forward drivability of the vehi- cle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align- ment).

The vehicle drives on a curvy road.

The vehicle drives on a bumpy road.

The vehicle drives through a windy area.

The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist sys- tems: - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system - Forward Collision-avoidance

Assist (FCA) system

CAUTION

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.

CAUTION

5-99

Driving your vehicle

5

Cruise Control operation

1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed

The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without depressing the accelerator pedal.

During cruise-speed driving of a manual transmission vehicle, do not shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the engine will be overrevved. If this happens, depress the clutch pedal or press the cruise control ON / OFF button.

NOTICE

CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) Do not use when:

- Driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a con- stant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads

- Driving on hilly or windy roads

- Driving in windy areas - Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weather such as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)

Take the following precautions: Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit. If the Cruise Control is left on,

(cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illumi- nated) the Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Cruise Control sys- tem off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadver- tently setting a speed.

Use the Cruise Control sys- tem only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.

WARNING

OIK057157N

5-100

Driving your vehicle

Information During normal cruise control opera-

tion, when the SET switch is activat- ed or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will ener- gize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.

Before activating the cruise control function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is oper- ating normally. Depress the brake pedal at least once after turning ON the ignition or starting the engine.

To set Cruise Control speed

1. Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illumi- nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).

Information - Manual trans- mission

For manual transmission vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it. The set speed on the LCD display will illu- minate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

Information On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly slow down or speed up, while driving uphill or downhill.

i

i

i

OJS058027

OJS058032L

5-101

Driving your vehicle

5

To increase Cruise Control speed

Push the toggle switch up (RES+) and hold it to set the desired speed. The speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Push the toggle switch up (RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the tog- gle switch is operated in this man- ner.

Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).

To decrease Cruise Control speed

Push the toggle switch down (RES-) and hold it to set the desired speed. The speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Push the toggle switch down (SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease 1.0 mph (1.0 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.

Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (SET-).

To temporarily accelerate with the Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previ- ously set speed. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.

OJS058027OJS058028

5-102

Driving your vehicle

Cruise Control will be canceled when:

Depressing the brake pedal. Depressing the clutch pedal.

(for manual transmission vehicle) Pressing the CANCEL button

located on the steering wheel. Pressing the CRUISE button. Both

the cruise indicator and the set speed on the LCD display will turn OFF.

Moving the shift lever into N (Neutral).(for automatic transmis- sion/dual clutch transmission vehi- cle)

Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is operating.

Information Each of the above actions will cancel Cruise Control operation (the set speed on the LCD display in the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the system was turned off using the CRUISE button.

To resume preset Cruising speed

Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle will resume the preset speed.

i

OJS058029 OJS058028

5-103

Driving your vehicle

5

To turn Cruise Control off

Press the CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will go off).

Turn the vehicle OFF.

OJS058032L

5-104

Driving your vehicle

1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and mini- mum distance between the vehicle ahead. The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the acceler- ator or brake pedals.

SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OJS058112N

For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a conven- ience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

Take the following precautions : Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit. If the Smart Cruise Control is

left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unin- tentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.

Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.

Do not use when: - Driving in heavy traffic or

when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a con- stant speed

WARNING

5-105

Driving your vehicle

5

Smart Cruise Control Switch

CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys- tem on or off.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- trol speed.

: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise control operation.

- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads

- Driving on a steep downhill or uphill

- Driving in windy areas - Driving in parking lots - Driving near crash barriers - Driving on a sharp curve - Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weath- er, such as fog, snow, rain or sandstorm)

- The vehicle's sensing ability decreases due to vehicle modification, resulting in a level difference of the vehi- cle's front and rear

Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents. Pay attention continuously to road conditions and driving even when the smart cruise control system is being oper- ated.

The SCC is only a supplemen- tal system for the drivers con- venience. The driver should hold the responsibility to con- trol the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the SCC system.

OJS058142N

5-106

Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control Speed To set Smart Cruise Control speed

1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illumi- nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set between 5-110 mph (10-180 km/h). However, 20 mph (30 km/h) is set when the vehicle speed is 5-20 mph (10-30 km/h).

3. Push the toggle switch down (SET-). The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automati- cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.

Information Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a downward slope.

When vehicle speed is under 5 mph (10 km/h), the Smart Cruise Control is canceled. The driver must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal accord- ing to the road condition ahead and driving condition.

i

OJS058027

OJS058032L

5-107

Driving your vehicle

5

To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures: Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.

Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.

To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures: Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.

Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.

You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).

Check the driving condition before using the toggle switch. Driving speed sharply increas- es, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.

CAUTION

OJS058027OJS058028

5-108

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with the Smart Cruise Control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal. If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the cruis- ing speed will be set again pedal.

Smart Cruise Control set speed will be temporarily canceled when:

Canceled manually Depressing the brake pedal. Pushing the CANCEL button locat-

ed on the steering wheel. The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the LCD display turns off. The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.

Canceled automatically The driver's door is opened. The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral),

R (Reverse) or P (Park). The vehicle speed is over 120 mph

(190 km/h). The vehicle stops on a steep incline. The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.

The ESC is turned off. The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter. The vehicle is stopped for a certain

period of time. The vehicle stops and goes repeat-

edly for a long period of time. The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for a long period of time.

The engine performance is abnor- mal.

Engine rpm is in the red zone.

OJS058029

Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.

CAUTION

5-109

Driving your vehicle

5

The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelera- tor pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehi- cle ahead.

The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelera- tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.

The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.

Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will go off. In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.

Information If the Smart Cruise Control is can- celed by other than the reasons men- tioned, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is cancelled, the warn- ing chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds. You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.

To resume Smart Cruise Control set speed If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-). If you push the toggle switch up (RES+), the speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehi- cle speed drops below 20 mph (30 km/h), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.

i

OIK057096N Always check the road condi- tions when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) to resume speed.

CAUTION

5-110

Driving your vehicle

To turn Cruise Control off

Push the CRUISE button (the cruise indicator light will go off). If you wish not to use the cruise control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle- to-Vehicle Distance To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

When the Smart Cruise Control sys- tem is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead of you without pressing the accelera- tor or brake pedal.

Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

Information The distance is set to the last set dis- tance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine.

i

OJS058030

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

OJS058032L

5-111

Driving your vehicle

5

When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:

Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the select- ed distance.

If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.

When using the Smart Cruise Control system: The warning chime sounds

and the Vehicle-to Vehicle Distance indicator blinks if the vehicle is unable to main- tain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.

If the warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

OJS058118N

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 1Distance 2 OJS058114N/OJS058115N/OJS058116N/OJS058117N

OJS058113N

5-112

Driving your vehicle

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead

The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehi- cle ahead. If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly. Always keep the sensor clean.

OJS058014NIf the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will sound and a message "Watch for surrounding vehicles" will appear. Adjust your vehicle speed for vehicles or objects that can suddenly appear in front of you by depressing the brake pedal. Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.

CAUTION

OJS058119N

Even if the warning chime is not activated, always pay attention to the driving condi- tions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.

Playing the vehicle audio sys- tem at high volume may offset the system warning sounds.

5-113

Driving your vehicle

5

Warning message

Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system opera- tion may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control system. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any substance is not detected after turning on the engine (e.g. in an open terrain).

Information For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control func- tion), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).

i

Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.

Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.

Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pres- surized water directly on the sensor or sensor cover.

CAUTION

Be careful not to apply unnec- essary force on the radar sen- sor or sensor cover. If the sen- sor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the front bumper becomes damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.

OIK057108L

5-114

Driving your vehicle

Check Smart Cruise Control System

The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- tem checked.

To Adjust the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control

The sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD display. You may select one of the three stages you prefer. Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.

Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal.

Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.

Information The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system.

i

OIK057097N

Type A Type B

OIK057109L/OIK057110L

5-115

Driving your vehicle

5

To Convert to Cruise Control Mode The driver may choose to switch to use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed only control function) by following these steps: 1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise ( ) indi- cator will illuminate.

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to- Vehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control".

When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the engine is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.

Limitations of the System The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.

On curves

The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.

When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.

WARNING

OAE056100

5-116

Driving your vehicle

Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road con- ditions permit safe operation of the Smart Cruise Control.

On inclines

During uphill or downhill driving, the Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.

Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.

Lane changing

A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be recognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor's detection range.

The radar may not detect immedi- ately when a vehicle cuts in sud- denly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions.

If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.

If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will acceler- ate to the set speed.

OJS058031 OAE056103

OAE056101

5-117

Driving your vehicle

5

Detecting vehicles

Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog- nized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment

- While the steering wheel is operat- ing

- When driving to one side of the lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.

Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detect- ed, drive with caution.

OAE056108

OAE056104

5-118

Driving your vehicle

When driving in stop-and-go traffic, and a stopped vehicle in front of you merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is now in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking dis- tance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

Always look out for pedestrians when your vehicle is maintaining a distance with the vehicle ahead.

Always be cautious for vehicles with higher height or vehicles car- rying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.

OAE056110 OJS058017

When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following pre- cautions: If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the brakes. The vehicle cannot be stopped at every emergency situation by using the Smart Cruise Control system.

WARNING

OAE056109

5-119

Driving your vehicle

5 Information

The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to:

Electrical interference

Modifying the suspension

Differences of tire abrasion or tire pressure

Installing different type of tires

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.

Information Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-locat- ed or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

i

i

i

Keep a safe distance accord- ing to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.

Always maintain sufficient braking distance and deceler- ate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to pre- vent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.

Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occur- ring.

Always be aware of the select- ed speed and vehicle to vehi- cle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay atten- tion to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.

The Smart Cruise Control sys- tem may not recognize com- plex driving situations so always pay attention to driv- ing conditions and control your vehicle speed.

5-120

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous Driving Conditions When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions: Drive cautiously and keep a longer

braking distance. Avoid abrupt braking or steering. When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec- essary wheel spin.

Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional trac- tion while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the Vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a for- ward gear. Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelera- tor pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Downshifting with an automatic transmission/dual clutch trans- mission while driving on slip- pery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when down- shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous - you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other dam- age. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

WARNING

5-121

Driving your vehicle

5

Information The ESC system must be turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.

If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, pos- sible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.

Smooth Cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at Night Night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight. Here are some important tips to remember: Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi- cles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's head- lamps.

Keep your headlamps clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed headlamps will make it much more difficult to see at night.

Avoid staring directly at the head- lamps of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick pavement: Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increas- es the distance needed to stop your vehicle.

Turn OFF your Cruise Control. Replace your windshield wiper

blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.

Tires should be properly main- tained with at least 2/32nds of an inch of tread depth. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident. See "Tire Replacement" in chapter 7.

Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.

NOTICE

i

5-122

Driving your vehicle

Driving too fast through large pud- dles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.

If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driv- ing until normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increas- es as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire Replacement" in chapter 7.

Driving in Flooded Areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them sev- eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

Highway Driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires. Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

Information Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as speci- fied on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Driving at higher speeds on the high- way consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway. Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.

Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.

i

5-123

Driving your vehicle

5

WINTER DRIVING The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:

Snow or Icy Conditions You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi- cle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicles handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.

Information Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and munici- pal regulations for possible restric- tions against their use.

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner than other types of tires, they may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them.

i

Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicles standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affect- ed.

WARNING

OJS058036

Wire type chain (Only for 215/45R17)

OJS058126

Fabric type chain

5-124

Driving your vehicle

Therefore the use of snow tires is preferred over the use of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable, use a wire or fabric type snow chain. If the road and weather conditions require the use of tire chains, be sure to use tire chains that have been properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle. Be sure to follow the guidelines and installation instructions provided from the tire chain manufacturer. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not cov- ered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.

Information Install tire chains on both left and

right front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.

Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.

Chain installation

When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chas- sis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads. When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle (if available). Always place the vehicle in P (Park), apply the parking brake and turn off the engine before installing snow chains.

i

The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle han- dling: Drive less than 20 mph

(30 km/h) or the chain manu- facturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.

Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.

Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.

WARNING

5-125

Driving your vehicle

5

- When using tire chains: Make sure to use the right size

and type of snow chains for your tires. Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manu- facturer's warranty.

If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.

To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

Do not use tire chains on vehi- cles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire or fabric type snow chain. When using tire chains, install the right type chain according to the below tire sizes. - 215/45R17 : Wire type chain - 225/40R18 : Fabric type chain

(Autosock)

Use wire chains less than 0.47 inch (12 mm) wide to prevent damage to the chain's connec- tion.

Winter Precautions Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- ing system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.

Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.

NOTICE

5-126

Driving your vehicle

Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- tions on the container. Window wash- er anti-freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti- freeze as these may damage the paint finish.

Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Do not let ice and snow accu- mulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com- ponents is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects or materials in the engine com- partment Placement of foreign object or mate- rials which prevent cooling of the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not responsible for the damage caused by such placement.

To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key. Handle the heat- ed key with care to avoid injury.

5-127

Driving your vehicle

5

Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiar- ize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifica- tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or option- al equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal- er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen- gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the drivers door sill.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

5-128

Driving your vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label

OJS058145N

Type A

OJS058148N

Type D

OJS058146N

Type B

OJS058149N

Type E

OJS058147N

Type C

OJS058150N

Type F

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5-129

Driving your vehicle

5

Vehicle capacity weight 699 lbs. (317 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- mum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity Total : 4 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 2 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- gage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and lug- gage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- er, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi- cle.

Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehi- cle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an acci- dent.

WARNING

5-130

Driving your vehicle

Example 1

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)

Example 2

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (150 lbs. 5 = 750 lbs.)

(68 kg 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)

Example 3

Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)

Passenger Weight (172 lbs. 5 = 860 lbs.)

(78 kg 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)

+

+

+

5-131

Driving your vehicle

5

Certification label

The certification label is located on the drivers door sill at the center pil- lar and shows the maximum allow- able weight of the fully loaded vehi- cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maxi- mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070

Overloading

Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicles handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.

Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicles tires and possible tire failure, increased stop- ping distances and poor vehi- cle handling-all of which may result in a crash.

WARNING

Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

NOTICE

If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger. Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.

Do not stack items, like suit- cases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.

When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING

Driving your vehicle

5-132

TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing.

What to do in an emergency

6

Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing........6-2 If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3

If the Engine will not Start...................................6-3 If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3 If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3

Jump Starting..........................................................6-4 If The Engine Overheats.......................................6-6 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8

Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9 Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10 Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator ............................................................6-10 TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11 Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12

If you Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14 With Compact Spare Tire ..............................................6-14 With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)........................................6-20

Towing ...................................................................6-27 Towing Service.................................................................6-27 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-28 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-29 Tie-down Hook................................................................6-30

6-2

The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer- cise extreme caution when approach- ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi- cle. It should be used whenever emer- gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run- ning or not.

The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

If the Engine Stalls While Driving Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau- tiously off the road to a safe place.

Turn on your hazard warning flash- er.

Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

OJS048034

6-3

W hat to do in an em

ergency

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving: Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake care- fully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm, level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift lever into P (Park), and apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.

Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.

When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine starts only when the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).

Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.

Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could cause damage to your vehicle. See instructions for "Jump Starting" provided in this chapter.

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary. If the engine still does not start, have your vehicle checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

6

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic con- verter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.

CAUTION

6-4

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.

JUMP STARTING

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:

Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignit- ed. Keep batteries out of reach of children.

WARNING Batteries contain sulfu- ric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get imme- diate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get med- ical attention immediately. When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.

Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.

NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.

6-5

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

To prevent damage to your vehicle: Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle.

Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.

Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus- tration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

NOTICE

i

Pb

The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these compo- nents with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

1VQA4001

6-6

What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the other end of the sec- ond jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4). Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the cor- rect battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.

8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approxi- mately 2,000 rpm for a few min- utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them: 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, neg- ative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).

If your temperature gage indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be over- heating. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)

and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com- ing out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

6-7

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehi- cle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheat- ing. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI deal- er for assistance.

While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the mov- ing parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent seri- ous injury.

WARNING

Serious loss of coolant indi- cates a leak in the cooling sys- tem and should be checked as soon as possible by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

Your vehicle is equipped with a pres- surized coolant reserve tank. NEVER remove the engine

coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are HOT. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, caus- ing serious injury. Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when remov- ing the engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel or thick rag around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to release some of the pressure from the system. Step back while the pressure is released. When you are sure all the pres- sure has been released, contin- ue turning the cap counter- clockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6-8

What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)

(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD dis- play)

Check Tire Pressure

You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.

A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial engine start up. If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, check the tire pressures.

The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage.

You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User

Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).

OJS068004L

OJS068003

OJS068005L

6-9

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- vided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pres- sure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- bility to maintain correct tire pres- sure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina- tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximate- ly one minute and then remain con- tinuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi- cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres- sure as intended. TPMS malfunc- tions may occur for a variety of rea- sons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter- nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-10

What to do in an emergency

If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer. 1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS

Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or engine is running.

2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blink- ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis- play remains illuminated

Low Tire Pressure Telltale

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator

When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi- nated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is signifi- cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi- tion indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illu- minating the corresponding position light.

If any of your tire pressures are indi- cated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- nering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos- sible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi- cles placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side cen- ter pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire. The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.

The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OJS068006L

6-11

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

TPMS Malfunction Indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi- mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pres- sures in the cluster LCD display will not be available. Have the sys- tem checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble.

NOTICE

In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pres- sure was adjusted to the recom- mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunc- tioning because the decreased temperature leads to a propor- tional lowering of tire pressure. When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pres- sure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.

WARNING

6-12

What to do in an emergency

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc. Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, charg- ers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.

The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illu- minate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximate- ly 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pres- sure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few min- utes of driving. If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serv- iced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI deal- er may damage the tire pressure sensor.

CAUTION

6-13

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

You may not be able identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gage to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measure- ment than a tire that is cold. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any inter- ference received, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired operation.

3. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

i

The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam- age caused by external fac- tors such as nails or road debris.

If you feel any vehicle instabil- ity, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure con- ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tions. Tampering with, modify- ing, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING

6-14

What to do in an emergency

With compact spare tire (if equipped)

Jack and Tools

Jack handle Jack Wheel lug nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover. The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire. Store the spare tire in the same com- partment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise. To prevent the spare tire and tools from "rattling", store them in their proper location.

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Changing a tire can be danger- ous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

WARNING

Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.

CAUTION OJS068022L

OJS068023L

6-15

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold- down wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the wheel nut wrench. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench.

Changing Tires

Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire: 1. Park on a level, firm surface. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

or into R (Reverse) if equipped with a manual transmission, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasher button.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, and spare tire from the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety pre- cautions: Never place any portion of

your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.

NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance.

Be sure to use the jack pro- vided with the vehicle.

ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking sup- port.

Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.

Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.

Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.

WARNING

OJS068024L

6-16

What to do in an emergency

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- terclockwise one turn each in the order shown above, but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are chang- ing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any other position or part of the vehi- cle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.

OJS068027LOJS068026L OJS068028N

Front Rear

6-17

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin- gers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts clos- est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle coun- terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, have an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm).

If you have a tire gage, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc- tions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper stor- age locations. If it is hard to secure the flat tire, put the flat tire in the lug- gage compartment.

Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to the rec- ommended pressure.

Check and tighten the wheel lug nuts after driving over 30 mile (50 km) if tires are replaced. Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts after driving over 620 mile (1,000 km).

NOTICE

OOS067019L

6-18

What to do in an emergency

If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip- ment is damaged or in poor condi- tion, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

Compact spare tires are designed for emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.

When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle: Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com- pact spare tire is installed.

Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.

The compact spare tires tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com- pact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.

Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.

When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm).

NOTICE

Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control pos- sibly resulting in an accident: Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency. NEVER operate your vehicle

over 50 mph (80 km/h). Do not exceed the vehicle's

maximum load rating or the load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the com- pact spare tire.

Do not use the compact spare tire continuously. Repair or replace the original tire as soon as possible to avoid fail- ure of the compact spare tire.

WARNING

6-19

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Jack label

To prevent damaging the com- pact spare tire and your vehicle: Drive slowly enough for the

road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.

Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diame- ter is smaller than the diame- ter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm).

Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.

Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the com- pact spare wheel.

CAUTION

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the

engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under

the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi- tion on vehicles with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmis- sion.

9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.

10. Jack manufacturer 11. Production date 12. Representative company and

address

Example

OOS067043

6-20

With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) (if equipped)

For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. (1) Compressor (2) Sealant bottle

The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire flat. The compressor and sealing com- pound system effectively and com- fortably seals most small punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire. After you ensure that the tire is prop- erly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of (50 mph (80 km/h)) in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement. It is possible that some tires, espe- cially with larger punctures, cannot be sealed completely. Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use.

What to do in an emergency

OJS068010N

One sealant bottle for one tire

When two or more tires are flat, do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

Tire wall

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls. This can result in an acci- dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Temporary fix

Have your tire repaired as soon as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

6-21

W hat to do in an em

ergency

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section "Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.

To be sure your vehicle will not move, even when you're on fairly level ground, always set your park- ing brake.

Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing/inflation passenger car tires. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil- ity kit.

Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- cles or any other type of tires.

When the tire and wheel are dam- aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety.

Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0.24 inch (6 mm). Please contact the nearest HYUNDAI dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres- sure.

Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire.

Provided the car is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.

Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.

Do not leave the compressor run- ning for more than 10 minutes at a time or it may overheat.

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below -22F (-30C).

In case of skin contact with the- sealant, wash the area thoroughly- with plenty of water. If the irritation- persists, seek medical attention.

In case of eye contact with the sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If the irritation persists, seek medical attention.

In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give any- thing to an unconscious person and seek medical attention imme- diately.

Long time exposure to the sealant- may cause damage to bodily tissue such as kidney, etc.

6

6-22

1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel 4. Connectors and cable for power

outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. ON/OFF switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation

pressure

What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

OAE067039

6-23

W hat to do in an em

ergency

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure.

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

6

Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Keep out of reach of children. Avoid contact with eyes. Do not swallow.

WARNING

Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visi- ble place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.

CAUTION

OJS068011

OLMF064103

6-24

2. Screw the filling hose (3) onto the connector of the sealant bottle (2).

3. Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor (5) so that the bottle is upright.

4. Ensure that the button (9) on the compressor is not pressed.

5. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw the filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto the valve.

6. Ensure that the compressor is switched OFF.

7. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.

8. With the vehicle ON, switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure. (refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The inflation pressure of the tire after filling is unimpor- tant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

What to do in an emergency

OJS068012 OJS068013

Securely install the sealant fill- ing hose to the valve. If not, sealant may flow backward, possibly clogging the filling hose.

CAUTION

OAEPH067041L

6-25

W hat to do in an em

ergency

9. Switch off the compressor. 10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

11. Immediately drive approximately 4~6 miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes) to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). If possible, do not fall below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road. Call for road side service or towing. When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant, have it inspected at an authorized dealer.

Checking the tire inflation pres- sure 1. After driving approximately 4~6

miles (7~10 km or about 10 minutes), stop at a safe loca- tion.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) direct- ly into the compressor.

6

Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 30 psi (210 kPa). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

Do not leave your vehicle run- ning in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time. Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur.

WARNING

OLMF064106

OAEPH067041

6-26

3. Connect the other end of the filling hose (3) directly into the tire valve.

4. Plug the compressor power cord (4) into the vehicle power outlet.

5. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation. With the ignition switched on, pro- ceed as follows. - To increase the inflation pres-

sure:

Switch on the compressor. To check the current inflation pres- sure setting, briefly switch off the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres- sure:

Press the button (9) on the com- pressor.

Information The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the com- pressor is running. To get an accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.

Information When reinstalling the repaired or replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94 lbfft (11~13 kgfm).

i

i

What to do in an emergency

When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by HYUNDAI, the tire pressure sen- sors may be damaged by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer.

CAUTION

OJS068012

6-27

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Towing Service

[A] : Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.

On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.

TOWING

Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.

Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OJS068008L

An AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground. This can cause serious damage to the transmission or the AWD system.

CAUTION

OJS068015

OJS068014

6-28

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

Removable Towing Hook

1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.

If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the igni- tion switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situa- tion as a rollover.

WARNING

Failure to place the shift lever in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal dam- age to the transmission.

CAUTION

OJS068016N

OJS068017N

Front

Rear

6-29

W hat to do in an em

ergency

6

Emergency Towing

If towing is necessary, we recom- mend you have it done by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer- cial tow truck service.

If a towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow- ing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

Always follow these emergency tow- ing precautions: Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. (if equipped)

Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). Release the parking brake. Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will have reduced braking perform- ance.

More steering effort will be required because the power steer- ing system will be disabled.

Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.

The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre- quently.

Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or dam- aged.

Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.

Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

OJS068018N

OJS068019N

Front

Rear

6-30

What to do in an emergency

Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.

Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during tow- ing.

Before towing, check the automat- ic transmission/dual clutch trans- mission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transmis- sion/dual clutch transmission fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.

Tie-down Hook

To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: Always pull straight ahead

when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.

Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.

Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious dam- age to the automatic transmis- sion/dual clutch transmission.

CAUTION

Do not use the tie-down hook(s) for towing purposes. If the tie- down hook(s) are used for tow- ing, the tie-down hook(s) or bumper will be damaged and this could lead to serious injury.

WARNING

OJS068020

7

M aintenance

Maintenance

Engine compartment .............................................7-3 Maintenance services ...........................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4 Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner maintenance...............................................7-5 Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6

Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI)......................................................................7-11 Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)...7-13 Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-16

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..7-18 Engine oil ..............................................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-21 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-22

Engine coolant......................................................7-23 Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-23 Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-26

Brake/clutch fluid................................................7-27 Checking the brake/clutch Fluid Level ......................7-27

Washer fluid .........................................................7-28 Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-28

Parking brake .......................................................7-28 Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-28

Air cleaner ............................................................7-29 Filter Replacement..........................................................7-29

Climate control air filter .....................................7-30 Filter Inspection...............................................................7-30

Wiper blades .........................................................7-31 Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-31 Blade Replacement .........................................................7-31

Battery...................................................................7-34 For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-35 Battery Recharging ........................................................7-35 Reset Features.................................................................7-36

7

Tires and wheels ..................................................7-37 Tire Care............................................................................7-37 Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-38 Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-39 Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-39 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-40 Tire Replacement ............................................................7-41 Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-42 Tire Traction .....................................................................7-42 Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-42 Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-42 Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-46 All Season Tires...............................................................7-49 Summer Tires ...................................................................7-49 Snow Tires ........................................................................7-50 Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-50 Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-50

Fuses......................................................................7-52 Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-53 Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-54 Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-56

Light bulbs.............................................................7-67 Headlamp, Position lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker ..............................7-68 Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-72 Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-73 High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-76 License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-76 Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-77

Appearance care..................................................7-78 Exterior Care ....................................................................7-78 Interior Care .....................................................................7-83

Emission control system .....................................7-86 Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-86 Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-86 Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-87

California perchlorate notice .............................7-90

7-3

7

M aintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

OJS078002/OJS078048L

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Fuse box

3. Battery

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Engine oil dipstick

7. Engine oil filler cap

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

Nu 2.0 MPI

7-4

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per- forming any maintenance or inspec- tion procedures. We recommend you have your vehi- cle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of serv- ice satisfaction.

Owner's Responsibility Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibil- ity. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor- dance with the scheduled mainte- nance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this infor- mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- ranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro- vided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

Owner Maintenance Precautions Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- cient servicing may result in opera- tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools. Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate condi- tions of the limited warranties cover- ing the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Improper owner maintenance dur- ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet pro- vided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or mainte- nance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

7-5

7

M aintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per- formed by the owner or an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen- cies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehi- cle. Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal- er as soon as possible. These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow these precau- tions for performing mainte- nance work: Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift lever into the P (Park, for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission) position or neu- tral (for manual transmission vehicle), apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF posi- tion.

WARNING Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving. Remove loose clothing or jew- elry that can become entan- gled in moving parts.

If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.

Keep flames, sparks, or smok- ing materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.

7-6

Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule When you stop for fuel: Check the engine oil level. Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir. Check the windshield washer fluid

level. Check the for low or under-inflated

tires.

While operating your vehicle: Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or loose- ness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead posi- tion.

Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.

When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.

Check the automatic transmission/ dual clutch transmission P (Park) function.

Check the parking brake. Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

At least monthly: Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir. Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.

Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged.

Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-7

7

M aintenance

At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam- age.

Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth damp- ened with washer a fluid.

Check headlamp alignment. Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps. Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

At least once a year: Clean body and door drain holes. Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges. Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches. Lubricate door rubber weather

strips. Lubricate door checker. Check the air conditioning system. Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls. Clean the battery and terminals. Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. Repeated short distance driving. Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas. Extensive use of brakes. Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are used. Driving on rough or muddy roads. Driving in mountainous areas. Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation. Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme- ly humid climates.

More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90F (32C).

For additional information or assis- tance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES

7-8

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles

Rotate tires Rotate tires every 6,200 miles

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months

Engine coolant At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-9

7

M aintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) I I I

Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped)

No check, No service required

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-10

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *3 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *3 I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *3 I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-11

7

M aintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE

OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,750 miles or 6 months A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid (if euqipped) R Every 60,000 miles A, C, E, F, G, I

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 75,000 miles C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-12

Maintenance

Severe Driving Conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90F (32C) G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE

OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

7-13

7

M aintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-

form the operation.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months. Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *2 Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 42,000 miles

Valve clearance *3 Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months

Rotate tires Rotate tires every 6,200 miles

Climate control air filter (for evaporate and blower unit)

Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months.

Engine coolant At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-14

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-15

7

M aintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)

I I I

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) I I I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *4 I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *4 I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

7-16

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE

OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,000 miles or 6 months A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 72,000 miles C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R Every 72,000 miles C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-17

7

M aintenance

Severe Driving Conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90F (32C) G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE

OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

7-18

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine Oil and Filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe con- ditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.

Drive Belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive belts should be checked peri- odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary.

Fuel Filter A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the hard starting. When a considerable amount of foreign substances are accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be replaced. Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper- ate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connections Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam- age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leak- ing parts immediately.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter- vals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.

Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation Hoses (if equipped) Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- dence of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterio- ration. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold. Inspect the hose routing to ensure that the hoses do not come in con- tact with any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are pres- ent. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7-19

7

M aintenance

Air Cleaner Filter A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.

Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.

Cooling System Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Engine Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte- nance schedule.

Automatic Transmission Fluid (if equipped) Automatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions. But in severe conditions, the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte- nance at the beginning of this chap- ter.

Automatic transmission fluid color is red when new. As the vehicle is driven, the auto- matic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid (if equipped) Inspect the dual clutch transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.

Manual Transmission Fluid (if equipped) Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.

NOTICE

The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

CAUTION

7-20

Maintenance

Brake Hoses and Lines Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake/Clutch Fluid Check the brake/clutch fluid level in the brake/clutch fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake/clutch fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.

Parking Brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- rioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Suspension Mounting Bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint With the vehicle stopped and the engine off, check for excessive free- play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and Boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam- age.

7-21

7

M aintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the Engine Oil Level 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's

precautions. 2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level

ground in P (Park) with the park- ing brake set. If possible, block the wheels.

3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.

4. Turn the engine off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.

5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.

Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).

OPDE076067 OJS078006

7-22

Maintenance

To prevent damage to your engine: Do not overfill with engine oil.

Add oil in small quantities and recheck level to ensure engine is not overfilled.

Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Wipe off spilled oil immediately.

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

NOTICE

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for pro- longed periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

WARNING

7-23

7

M aintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory. Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli- mate.

When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quanti- ties.

Do not drive with no engine coolant. It may cause water pump failure and engine seizure, etc.

Checking the Engine Coolant Level

Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled between the F and the L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the F mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant When adding coolant, use only dis-

tilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.

An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.

The engine in your vehicle has alu- minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.

Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec- ified coolant.

NOTICE

OJS078008

OOS077076N

1.6 T-GDI

2.0 MPI

7-24

Maintenance

Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:

Information If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to use for most temperature ranges of - 31F and higher.

i

Ambient Temperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water 5F (-15C) 35 65

-13F (-25C) 40 60

-31F (-35C) 50 50

-49F (-45C) 60 40

Make sure the coolant cap is properly closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise the engine could be overheated while driv- ing.

1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight In front.

WARNING

OTL075062

Engine room front view

2. Make sure that the tiny pro- trusions inside the coolant cap is securely interlocked.

OPDE076071

7-25

7

M aintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant tem- perature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition. If your vehicle is equipped with GDI, the electric motor for the cooling fan may begin to operate at any time and continue to operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable.

The electric motor for the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running

and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

Never remove the engine coolant reser- voir tank/radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down. Use extreme care when remov- ing the engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclock- wise to remove it.

WARNING

OJS078010

OJS078050L

1.6 T-GDI

2.0 MPI

Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.

NOTICE

7-26

Maintenance

Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

7-27

7

M aintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID (IF EQUIPPED) Checking the brake/clutch Fluid Level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir. Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add the specified brake/clutch fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake/clutch linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake/ clutch system checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to contact the vehicles body paint, as paint damage will result.

Brake/clutch fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be dis- posed of properly.

Do not use the wrong kind of brake/clutch fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage system parts.

Information Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chap- ter 8).

i

NOTICE

If the brake/clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake/clutch system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid comes in contact with your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get imme- diate medical attention.

WARNING

OJS078011

7-28

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level

Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- sary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the Parking Brake

Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of "clicks" heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44

lbs (20 kg, 196 N)

OJS078012

OJS078013

PARKING BRAKE

To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid: Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or dam- age to paint and body trim.

Do not allow sparks or flames to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alco- hol and can be flammable.

Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.

Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.

WARNING

7-29

7

M aintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement

The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air. Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced.

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

4. Insert the air cleaner cover in the hinge and engage the clamp after closing the cover.

5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.

OJS078016

OJS078017

OJS078015

OJS078047

7-30

Maintenance

Information If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele- ment more often than the usual rec- ommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).

Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.

When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.

Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

Filter Inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the fol- lowing procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.

1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.

2. Remove the climate control air fil- ter case while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover.

NOTICE

i CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

OJS078018

OJS078016

7-31

7

M aintenance

3. Replace the climate control air fil- ter.

4. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

Install a new climate control air fil- ter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing down- wards, otherwise, it may be noisy and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

Blade Inspection Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wip- ing properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.

To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other compo- nents, do not: Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on or near them.

Attempt to move the wipers manually.

Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information Commercial hot waxes applied by auto- matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manu- ally.

The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper mal- function and failure.

In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.

Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OPD076026

WIPER BLADES

Front windshield wiper blade replacement

1. Put the front windshield wipers into the service position.

2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield. 3. Press the clip (1) and slide the

blade assembly downward (2). 4. Lift it off the arm.

5. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

6. Return the wiper arm on the wind- shield.

NOTICE

7-32

Maintenance

OLMB073020

OLMB073022

OLMB073021

Rear window wiper blade replacement

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have the wiper blades replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-33

7

M aintenance

OJS078067

OJS078066

7-34

Maintenance

BATTERY

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:

Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery. Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes. Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery. Hydrogen is always pres- ent in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited. Keep batteries out of reach of children.

WARNING Batteries contain sulfu- ric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get imme- diate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get med- ical attention immediately. When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.

Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.

NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicles battery cables are connected to the battery.

The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these compo- nents with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

7-35

7

M aintenance When you do not use the vehicle

for a long time in a low tempera- ture area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.

Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service

Keep the battery securely mount- ed.

Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

Rinse any spilled acid from the bat- tery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.

Battery Recharging

NOTICE

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.

WARNING

Always follow these instruc- tions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns: Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat- tery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.

Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.

Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.

Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.

The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.

WARNING

OJS078021

7-36

Maintenance

By jump starting After a jump start from a good bat- tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min- utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more details on jump starting procedures.

Information An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the bat- tery according to your local law(s) or regulations.

Reset Features The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been dis- charged or the battery has been dis- connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: Power Windows Trip Computer Climate Control System Clock Audio System Sunroof

i

Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.

The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the fol- lowing order: (1) Turn off the battery charg-

er main switch. (2) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negative battery terminal.

(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery.

7-37

7

M aintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire Care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.

All specifications (sizes and pres- sures) can be found on a label attached to the driver's side center pillar.

Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are dam- aged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.

ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recom- mended sizes could cause unusual handling characteris- tics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehi- cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well as wear and damage.

The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the dri- ver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly caus- ing poor handling.

Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

WARNING

OJS088003

7-38

Maintenance

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven for less than one mile (1.6 km). Warm tires normally exceed recom- mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres- sure or the tires will be under-inflat- ed. For recommended inflation pres- sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.

Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long peri- ods at high speeds.

WARNING

Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pres- sures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an author- ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-39

7

M aintenance

Check Tire Inflation Pressure Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.

How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properly inflat- ed when they are under-inflated. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or mois- ture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period. Allow the tire to cool before measur- ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.

Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance sched- ule or sooner if irregular wear devel- ops. During rotation, check the tires for correct balance. When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres- sure, improper wheel alignment, out- of-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbfft [11~13 kgfm]).

7-40

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information Tires that are asymmetrical or direc- tional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the side- walls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direc- tion before installing them on the vehicle.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can dam- age your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

NOTICE

i

Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.

Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circum- stances. This may cause unusual handling characteris- tics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

ODH073802

7-41

7

M aintenance

Tire Replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY: Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec- tiveness, steering control, and traction.

Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recom- mended sizes could cause unusual handling characteris- tics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehi- cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.

WARNING Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.

When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommend- ed to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.

Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading con- ditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to fol- low this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an acci- dent.

7-42

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement (if equipped) A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount- ing a regular size tire.

Wheel Replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.

Tire Traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire Maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

Tire Sidewall Labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac- teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.The compact spare tire is for emer- gency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tire.

WARNING

7-43

7

M aintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

2. Tire size designation A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this information when selecting replace- ment tires for your car. The following explains what the letters and num- bers in the tire size designation mean.

Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an example only; your tire size designa- tor could vary depending on your vehicle.) 215/45R17 87V

215 - Tire width in millimeters. 45 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section

height as a percentage of its width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches. 87 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.

V - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor- tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The follow- ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa- tion mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.0J X 17

7.0 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

OLMB073028

1

1

2 3

4

5,6

7

7-44

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif- ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tires designed maximum safe oper- ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of num- bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufactur- ing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four num- bers indicate week and year manu- factured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1418 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2018.

4. Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rub- ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. The letter "R" means radial ply con- struction; the letter "D" means diago- nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla- tion pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure.

Speed Rating Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) V 149 mph (240 km/h) W 168 mph (270 km/h) Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

7-45

7

M aintenance

6. Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi- mum section width. For example: TREAD WEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara- tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern- ment test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a- half times (1) as well on the gov- ernment course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. These grades are molded on the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec- ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction perform- ance.

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight- ahead braking traction tests, and does not include accelera- tion, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

7-46

Maintenance

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi- tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora- tory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories. Some exam- ples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire's height to its width.

Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-47

7

M aintenance

Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in com- pliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufactur- er, production plant, brand and date of production.

GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.

GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on light- weight trucks or multipurpose pas- senger vehicles.

Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The max- imum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

7-48

Maintenance

Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maxi- mum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mount- ed on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipur- pose vehicles.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.

Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel provides the trac- tion and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, includ- ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- ed tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.

7-49

7

M aintenance

Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip pro- vided.

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called "wear bars", that show across the tread of a tire when only 2/32nds of an inch of tread remains.

UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards is a tire information sys- tem that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- ture and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce- dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occu- pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equip- ment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.

All Season Tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy and icy road condi- tions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer Tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat- ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels.

7-50

Maintenance

Snow Tires If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; other- wise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the drivers side of the center pillar, or up to the maxi- mum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

Radial-Ply Tires Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radi- al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires. Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on low aspect ratio tires. Because low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and braking, their sidewall is a little stiffer than a standard tire. Also low aspect ratio tires tend to be wider and conse- quently have a greater contact patch with the road surface. In some instances they may generate more road noise compared with standard tires.

Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circum- stances.This may cause unusu- al handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle con- trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-51

7

M aintenance

Because the sidewall of a low aspect ratio tire is shorter than a standard tire, the rim of the wheel and the tire itself is more easily susceptible to damage. Use caution when driving and follow the guidelines below to help minimize damage to the wheel and tire: - When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam- aged.

- If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1,800 miles (3,000km).

CAUTION

It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.

If the tire is damaged by driv- ing on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.

CAUTION

7-52

Maintenance

FUSES

A vehicle's electrical system is pro- tected from electrical overload dam- age by fuses. This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine com- partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces- sories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rat- ing. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and imme- diately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the sys- tem.

NOTICE

NEVER replace a fuse with any- thing but another fuse of the same rating. A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly cause a fire.

Do not install a wire or alu- minum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a tem- porary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.

WARNING Blade type

Normal

Cartridge type Blown

Normal Blown Multi fuse

Normal Blown

OLF074075

7-53

7

M aintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement

1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF. 3. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate the suspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel.

6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro- vided in the instrument panel fuse panels (or in the engine compart- ment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle. If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compart- ment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.

OJS078051L

OJS078022

7-54

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to the ON position. If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as the audio system and digital clock must be reset and the smart key may not work properly.

Information

If the fuse switch is OFF, the above message will appear.

Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle.

Do not move the fuse switch repeatedly. The fuse switch may be damaged.

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement

1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.

NOTICE

i

OJS078023 OOS047142L

OJS078052L

OJS078053L

Blade type fuse

Cartridge type fuse

7-55

7

M aintenance

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the main fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

ii

After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment secure- ly close the fuse box cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks. If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.

CAUTION OJS078061L OJS078062L

7-56

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

i

OJS078022

OJS078069N

7-57

7

M aintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MODULE5 7.5A A/T Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, Front Seat Warmer Module, Audio

MODULE3 7.5A Sport Mode Switch, BCM

SUNROOF1 20A Sunroof Control Module (GLASS)

TAIL GATE OPEN

10A Tail Gate Relay

P/WINDOW LH

25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

MULTI MEDIA 15A Keyboard, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WINDOW RH

25A Power Window RH Relay

P/SEAT (DRV) 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

SPARE - Spare

MODULE4 7.5A Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Stop Lamp Switch, Parking Assist Buzzer, Lane Keeping Assist Unit

PDM2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

SUNROOF2 20A Sunroof Control Module (ROLLER)

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-58

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

INTERIOR LAMP

7.5A Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Center Room Lamp, Luggage Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wireless Charger Unit

SPARE - Spare

SPARE - Spare

MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

SPARE - Spare

AMP 30A AMP

MODULE6 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE1 7.5A BCM, Rain Sensor, Ignition Key Interlock Switch, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector

MODULE7 7.5A Front Seat Warmer Module, PCB Block (A/Con Comp Relay)

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Hazard Switch

BRAKE SWITCH

7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-59

7

M aintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch (DCT), ECM, Ignition Lock & Clutch Switch, E/R Junction Block (START #1 Relay, B/Alarm Relay), Smart Key Control Module

CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

DOOR LOCK 20A ICM Relay Box (Twoturn Unlock Relay)

PDM3 7.5A Start Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

S/HEATER 20A Front Seat Warmer Module

A/C2 10A -

A/C1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

PDM1 15A Smart Key Control Module

SPARE - Spare

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection

IG1 25A PCB Block(FUSE : ECU5, VACUUM PUMP, ABS3, TCU2)

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-60

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MODULE2 10A Wireless Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, Audio, Amp, Keyboard, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, USB Charge, Power Outside Mirror Switch, BCM

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

WIPER (LO/HI)

10A BCM

WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

WIPER FRT 25A Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block (Front Wiper(Low) Relay)

HEATED MIRROR

10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM

POWER OUTLET

20A Front Power Outlet

SPARE 10A Spare

HEATED STEERING

15A BCM

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-61

7

M aintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

i

OPD077037L

OJS078072N

7-62

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

ALT 150A Alternator, E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS, B/ALARM HORN, ABS1, ABS2)

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

B+5 60A PCB Block ((Fuse - ECU4, ECU3, HORN, A/CON COMP (G4NH)), Engine Control Relay)

B+2 60A IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

B+3 60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6)

B+4 50A IGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH/RH, TAILGATE OPEN, SUNROOF1/2, AMP, P/SEAT(DRV))

COOLING FAN1

60A E/R Junction Block (C/Fan2 Hi Relay) (G4FJ)

REAR HEATED

40A E/R Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

IG1 40A W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #2 Relay (ACC), PDM #3 Relay (IG1))

IG2 40A W/O Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (START #1 Relay), Ignition Switch With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (START #1 Relay, PDM #4 Relay (IG2))

[G4FJ] : 1.6 T-GDI [G4NH] : 2.0 MPI

7-63

7

M aintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

VACUUM PUMP1

20A Vacuum Pump

TCU1 15A TCM

COOLING FAN2

40A E/R Junction Block (C/Fan1 Low Relay, C/Fan2 Hi Relay) (G4NH)

B+1 40A IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM1, PDM3, MODULE1, DOOR LOCK), Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 40A TCM

B/ALARM HORN

15A E/R Junction Block (B/ALARM Horn Relay)

ABS1 40A ESC Module, ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS2 30A ESC Module, ABS Control Module

[G4FJ] : 1.6 T-GDI [G4NH] : 2.0 MPI

7-64

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

SENSOR2 10A

G4FJ : Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (C/FAN2 HI Relay)

G4NH : Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3, Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, E/R Junction Block (C/FAN 1 Low Relay, C/FAN 2 HI Relay)

ECU2 10A ECM (G4FJ)

ECU1 20A ECM/PCM

INJECTOR 15A Injector #1/#2/#3/#4 (G4NH)

SENSOR1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU3 15A ECM/PCM

A/C 10A A/CON COMP Relay (G4NH)

ECU5 10A ECM/PCM

VACUUM PUMP2

15A Vacuum Pump (G4FJ)

Engine compartment fuse panel

[G4FJ] : 1.6 T-GDI [G4NH] : 2.0 MPI

7-65

7

M aintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

ABS3 10A ABS Control Module, ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

TCU2 15A Transmission Range Switch(A/T), TCM (With DCT)

SENSOR3 10A E/R Junction Block (F/PUMP Relay)

ECU4 15A ECM/PCM

HORN 15A Horn Relay

Engine compartment fuse panel

[G4FJ] : 1.6 T-GDI [G4NH] : 2.0 MPI

7-66

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover) (for Nu 2.0 MPI)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describ- ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

i

OJS078055L

OPD076065

After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

NOTICE

7-67

7

M aintenance

LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.

Information After heavy driving, rain or washing, headlamp and trunk lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and the out- side temperature. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and does- nt indicate a problem with your vehi- cle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - Desiccant (if equipped)

This vehicle is equipped with desic- cant to reduce fogging inside the head- lamp due to moisture.

The desiccant is consumable and its performance may change based on the used period or environment.

If fogging inside the headlamp due to moisture continues for a long time, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

i

Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the foot brake, move the shift lever into P (Park) apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.

Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may burn your fin- gers.

WARNING

7-68

Maintenance

Headlamp, Position lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker Type A

(1) Headlamp (High) (2) Headlamp (Low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp &

Daytime running light (DRL) (5) Side marker

Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.

Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.

A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.

If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.

Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will pro- duce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.

Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before han- dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

OJS078057N

7-69

7

M aintenance

[1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam

Headlamp

1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise. 4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector.

5. Remove the bulb from the head- lamp assembly.

6. Install a new headlamp bulb and snap the headlamp bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlamp bulb sock- et-connector.

8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal

1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the socket (1) from the

assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

i OJS078028OJS078027

High/Low beam

7-70

Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

Position lamp and daytime running light

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Side marker lamp

1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pulling out the bulb.

5. Insert a new bulb.

Type B

(1) Headlamp (High) (2) Headlamp (Low) (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Position lamp &

Daytime running light (DRL) (5) Side marker

OJS078058N

OJS078070N

7-71

7

M aintenance

Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.

Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.

A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.

If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it.

Headlamp (Low beam), side mark- er, position lamp and daytime run- ning light

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Headlamp (High beam)

1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable. 3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise. 4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector. 5. Remove the bulb from the head-

lamp assembly. 6. Install a new headlamp bulb and

snap the headlamp bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlamp bulb sock- et-connector.

OJS078029

Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will pro- duce flying pieces of glass that could cause injuries if broken.

Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down before han- dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

7-72

Maintenance

8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

Information The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal

1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement

If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

OJS078030

OJS078059L

7-73

7

M aintenance

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement

(1) Stop/Tail lamp (2) Tail lamp or Stop/Tail lamp (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Backup lamp (5) Side marker

Side marker and Stop/Tail lamp light

Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal lamp

1. Open the liftgate. 2. Open the lamp assembly retaining

screw covers. 3. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-

ing screws with a cross-tip screw- driver.

4. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.

5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

OJS078032 OJS078033

OJS078031N

7-74

Maintenance

[A] : Stop/Tail lamp, [B] : Turn signal lamp

6. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter- clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

8. Install the socket into the assem- bly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assem- bly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Tail lamp and backup lamp

1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the tailgate. 3. Remove the service cover using a

flat-blade screwdriver.

OJS078034OJS078035L

Type A

OJS078036L

Type B

7-75

7

M aintenance

[A] : Tail lamp, [B] : Backup lamp

4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

7. Install the socket into the assem- bly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assem- bly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Side marker

1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the liftgate. 3. Remove the service cover using a

flat-blade screwdriver. 4. Remove the rear combination light

assembly from the body of the vehicle.

5. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclock wise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

OJS078037L

Type A

OJS078038L

Type B

OJS078071N

7-76

Maintenance

6. Remove the bulb by pulling it out. 7. Inset a new bulb by inserting it into

the socket. 8. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement

If the high mounted stop lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

3. Install a new bulb. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OJS078039 OJS078040

7-77

7

M aintenance

1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interi- or light housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap the lens into place.

Be careful not to damage the cover, tab, and plastic housing.

NOTICE

Prior to working on the Interior Lights, ensure that the "OFF" button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv- ing an electric shock.

WARNING

Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp

Interior Light Bulb Replacement

OOS077053

Map lamp

OOS077054

Room lamp - without sunroof

OJS078041

Vanity mirror lamp

OJS078042

Luggage compartment lamp

7-78

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior Care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.

Protecting your vehicle's finish Washing

To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- ish.

Do not use harsh soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.

Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle. Especially, with high-pressure water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interi- or.

To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemi- cal solvents or strong deter- gents.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water before getting on the road. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

7-79

7

M aintenance

High-pressure washing

When using high-pressure wash- ers, make sure to maintain suffi- cient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.

Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not oper- ate normally.

Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be dam- aged if they come into contact with high pressure water.

Do not use any high-pressure noz- zles, which induce either one-direct water stream or water swirling.

Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical cir- cuits located in the engine com- partment.

Never allow water or other liq- uids to come in contact with electrical/electronic compo- nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

Waxing

A good coat of wax provides a barri- er between your paint and environ- mental contamination. Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it. Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main- tain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax- ing.

NOTICE

OJS078046

7-80

Maintenance

Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.

Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat- ed or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deteriora- tion.

Repairing your vehicle's finish Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion mate- rials to the parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.

To protect the surfaces of bright- metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preser- vative and rub to a high luster.

During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

NOTICE

NOTICE

7-81

7

M aintenance

Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, acceler- ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection. Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- body and wheel openings with luke- warm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rust- ing.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.

Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol- ishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.

Clean the wheel when it has cooled.

Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.

Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

Do not use any cleaners con- taining acid or alkaline deter- gents.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

7-82

Maintenance

Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro- sion

By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehi- cles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owners cooperation and assistance is also required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro- sion on your vehicle are: Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.

Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abra- sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi- cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated cor- rosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur. For example, corrosion is accelerated by high humidity, partic- ularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in con- tact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate. Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler- ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these rea- sons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate- rials. This applies not only to the vis- ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic- ularly important.

If you live in a high-corrosion area where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc., you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over.

7-83

7

M aintenance

When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pres- sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accel- erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dry Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This cre- ates a favorable environment for cor- rosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can con- tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the atten- tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from con- tacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discol- oration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.

Never allow water or other liq- uids to come in contact with electrical/electronic compo- nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alco- hol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.

NOTICE

7-84

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- tion recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- ly maintained.

Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)

Features of seat leather - Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to be available for use. Since it is a nat- ural product, each part differs in thickness or density. Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driv- ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.

NOTICE

Wrinkles or abrasions which appear naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.

Belts with metallic acces- sories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric.

Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.

Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.

CAUTION

7-85

7

M aintenance

Caring for the leather seats - Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its qual- ity.

- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.

Cleaning the leather seats - Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.) Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contami- nations do not smear.

- Oil Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.

- Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.

NOTICE

7-86

Maintenance

The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owners Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle. Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys- tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys- tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to ensure the proper func- tion of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and main- tained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the main- tenance schedule in this manual.

For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test- ing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).

After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control System

The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos- phere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a can- ister while refueling at the gas sta- tion, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.

NOTICE

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

7-87

7

M aintenance

Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole- noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- orated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control System

The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per- formance. When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.

Engine exhaust (carbon monox- ide) precautions Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the win- dows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.

Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poi- soning.

WARNING

7-88

Maintenance

Do not operate the engine in con- fined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.

When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, adjust the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle.

Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.

When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

Operating precautions for cat- alytic converters (if equipped)

The exhaust system and cat- alytic converter are very hot during and immediately after the engine has been running.To avoid SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: Do not park, idle, or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma- ble objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.

Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic convert- er or you may get burned. Also, Do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust sys- tem, do not seal the bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the vehicle for corrosion con- trol. It may present a fire risk under certain conditions.

WARNING CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari- ety of automobile components and parts, including compo- nents found in the interior fur- nishings in a vehicle, contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can- cer and birth defects and repro- ductive harm. In addition, cer- tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo- nent wear contain or emit chem- icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc- tive harm.

WARNING

7-89

7

M aintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- alytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions: Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines. Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc- tion, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.

Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.

Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).

Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con- trol system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.

7-90

Maintenance

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

8

Specifications & Consum

er inform ation

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine......................................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4 Volume and Weight................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-6 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities..........8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-9 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10 Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-10 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11 Engine Number .....................................................8-11 Refrigerant Label.................................................8-11 Consumer Information.........................................8-12 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13

DIMENSIONS

8-2

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

ENGINE Items 1.6 T-GDI 2.0 MPI

Displacement cu. in. (cc)

97.08 (1,591) 121.9 (1,999)

Bore x Stroke in. (mm)

3.03 x 3.06 (77 x 85.44) 3.19 x 3.82 (81 x 97)

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder

Items in (mm)

Overall length 166.93 (4,240)

Overall width 70.86 (1,800)

Overall height 55.08 (1,399)

Front tread

215/45 R17 61.46 (1,561)

225/40 R18 60.98 (1,549)

225/40 ZR18 60.98 (1,549)

Rear tread

215/45 R17 62.01 (1,575)

225/40 R18 61.54 (1,563)

225/40 ZR18 61.54 (1,563)

Wheelbase 104.33 (2,650)

BULB WATTAGE

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

8-3

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Front

Headlamp

Low (Type A) H7 55

High (Type A) HB3 60

Low (Type B) LED LED

High (Type B) HB3 60

Turn signal lamp 28/8W(2357A) 28

Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED

Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp LED LED

Side Marker Lamp Type A W5W 5

Type B LED LED

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Stop/Tail (Type A) P21/5W 21/5

Tail (Type A) P21/5W 5

Stop/Tail (Type B) LED LED

Turn signal 27W(1156A) 27

Back up W16W 16

Side Marker Lamp Type A W5W 5

Type B LED LED

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

License plate lamp W5W 5

Interior

Map lamp W10W 10

Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 8

Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5

Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10

TIRES AND WHEELS

8-4

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Tire Size Wheel Size

Inflation pressure [bar (kPa, psi)]

Wheel lug nut torque [kgfm (lbfft, Nm)]

Normal Load (less than 100mph or

160km/h)

Maximum Load (less than 100mph or

160km/h)

High-speed driving (over 100mph or

160km/h) *1

Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear

215/45R17 7.0J X 17 2.3 (230, 33) 2.3 (230, 33) 2.5 (250, 36) 11~13

(79~94, 107~127) 225/40R18 7.5J X 18 2.3 (230, 33) 2.3 (230, 33) 2.5 (250, 36)

225/40ZR18 7.5J X 18 2.3 (230, 33) 2.3 (230, 33) 2.5 (250, 36)

Full size tire

*1 : Must drive only where the speed is legal

Compact spare tire*1

Tire Size Wheel Size Inflation pressure [bar (kPa, psi)]

Wheel lug nut torque [kgfm (lbfft, Nm)]

Front Rear

T125/80D16 4.0T X 16 4.2 (420, 60) 11~13

(79~94, 107~127)

*1 : If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.

8-5

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.

CAUTION

It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect- ed soon. Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop- er level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall.

NOTICE

8-6

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VOLUME AND WEIGHT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Item Gasoline Engine

1.6 T-GDI 2.0 MPI M/T DCT M/T A/T

Gross vehicle weight lbs. (kg)

3,814 (1,730) 3,858 (1,750) 3,748 (1,700) 3,748 (1,700)

Luggage volume (SAE) cu. ft. (l)

Behind 1st row : 44.5 (1,261) Behind 2nd row : 19.9 (565)

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant oz. (g)

15.87 (450) 0.88 (25) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant oz. (cc)

4.23 (120) 0.35 (10) PAG

M/T : Manual transmission

A/T : Automatic transmission

DCT : Dual clutch transmission

8-7

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)

Recommends Gamma 1.6 T-GDI 4.76 US qt. (4.5 l) ACEA A5/B5 *4

Nu 2.0 MPI 4.23 US qt. (4.0 l) API SM *3 & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) ACEA A5/B5 *4

Manual transmission fluid

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI 1.8~1.9 US qt.

(1.7 ~ 1.8 l)

HK SYN MTF 70W (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF (H.K.SHELL) GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) (API GL-4, SAE 70W TGO-9)Nu 2.0 MPI

Automatic transmission fluid Nu 2.0 MPI 7.08 US qt. (6.7 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.

Dual clutch transmission fluid Gamma 1.6 T-GDI 2.01~2.11 US qt.

(1.9~2.0 l)

HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK) SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL) GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX) (API GL-4, SAE 70W)

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 : If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL. *4 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).

Lubricant Volume Classification

Coolant Gamma 1.6 T-GDI 7.5 US qt. (7.1 l) Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu- minum radiator)Nu 2.0 MPI 6.8 US qt. (6.5 l)

Brake fluid 0.74~0.85 US qt.

(0.7 ~ 0.8 l) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 13.2 US gal. (50 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.

8-9

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity number

Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before check- ing or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine Oil

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI *1

Nu 2.0 MPI *2

C (F)

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

*2 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

5W-30, 5W-40

10W-30

15W-40

20W-50

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in register- ing your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.

The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OJS088006L

VIN label

OJS088001

Frame number

OJS088002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

8-11

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

The tires supplied on your new vehi- cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pres- sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

The refrigerant label provides infor- mation such as refrigerant type and amount. The label is located on the underside of the hood.

ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL

OJS088003 OJS088008N

OJS088005

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

OJS088007L

Nu 2.0 MPI

8-12

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Eastern Region: Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151

Southern Region: Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia. Southern Region 3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066 (800) 633-5151

South Central Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas. South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019 (800) 633-5151

Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri. Central Region 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181 (800) 633-5151

Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming. Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850 (800) 633-5151

CONSUMER INFORMATION This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information. HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards. For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owners Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING". If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

8-13

8

Specifications, Consum er inform

ation and Reporting safety defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE., Washington, DC 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob- lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

I

Index

I-2

Air bag warning labels....................................................2-63

Air bags...........................................................................2-41

Driver's air bag ...........................................................2-43

Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-43

Side air bags ...............................................................2-44

Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-45

How does the air bags system operate? .....................2-46

SRS components and functions..................................2-47

SRS warning light ......................................................2-47

What to expect after an air bag inflates .....................2-51

Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-52

Air bag collision sensors ............................................2-58

Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ...............2-57

Air bag inflation conditions .......................................2-59

Air bag non-inflation conditions ................................2-60

SRS Care ....................................................................2-62

Additional safety precautions.....................................2-63

Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-63

Air cleaner filter replacement .........................................7-29

Air conditioning system specification ..............................8-6

Antenna .............................................................................4-2

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-43

Appearance care..............................................................7-78

Exterior care ...............................................................7-78

Interior care ................................................................7-83

Audio/Video/Navigation system.......................................4-4

Auto defogging system .................................................3-115

Auto light position ..........................................................3-80

Auto LOCK - Enable on shift.........................................3-17

Auto LOCK - Enable on speed.......................................3-17

Auto UNLOCK - Enable on shift...................................3-17

Auto UNLOCK -Air bag deployment ............................3-17

Automatic climate control system ................................3-104

Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-104

Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-106

Mode selection .........................................................3-106

Instrument panel vents .............................................3-107

Temperature control .................................................3-108

Air intake control .....................................................3-108

Fan speed control .....................................................3-109

Air conditioning .......................................................3-109

OFF mode.................................................................3-109

System maintenance .................................................3-111

Air conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-112

Automatic transmission ..................................................5-22

Transmission ranges ...................................................5-23

Paddle shifter..............................................................5-25

Shift lock system ........................................................5-25

Good driving practices ...............................................5-27

Automatic ventilation....................................................3-118

AUX, USB and iPod port ...............................................4-2

Index

A

I-3

Battery.............................................................................7-34

Battery recharging ......................................................7-35

Battery saver function.....................................................3-86

Before driving ...................................................................5-4

Blade type fuse ...............................................................7-54

Blind spot mirror.............................................................3-23

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...............5-55

Blue Link center ...........................................................3-22

Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands-free ....................4-4

Brake fluid ......................................................................7-27

Brake system...................................................................5-40

Power brakes ..............................................................5-40

Disc brakes wear indicator .........................................5-41

Parking brake..............................................................5-41

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-43

Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-45

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-47

Good braking practices ..............................................5-49

Bulb replacement ............................................................7-67

Headlamp....................................................................7-68

Front position lamp ....................................................7-68

Front turn signal lamp ................................................7-68

Daytime running light (DRL) ....................................7-68

Side marker ................................................................7-68

Side repeater lamp......................................................7-72

Rear combination light bulb.......................................7-73

High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-76

License plate light ......................................................7-76

Interior light................................................................7-77

Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3

Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................3-7

Care

Tire care......................................................................7-37

Exterior care ...............................................................7-78

Interior care ................................................................7-83

Cargo area cover ...........................................................3-128

Cartridge type fuse..........................................................7-54

Center console storage ..................................................3-119

Central door lock/unlock switch.....................................3-15

Certification label ...........................................................8-10

I

Index

B

C

I-4

Chains

Tire chains ................................................................5-123

Check tire inflation pressure...........................................7-39

Child restraint system (CRS)..........................................2-30

Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-31

Rearward-facing child restraint system......................2-32

Forward-facing child restraint system........................2-33

Booster seats...............................................................2-33

Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-33

Lower anchors and tether for Children (LATCH System) ....................................................2-34

Lower anchors ............................................................2-34

Tether anchors ............................................................3-37

Lap/shoulder belt........................................................3-38

Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-17

Climate control air filter replacement.............................7-30

Clock .............................................................................3-126

Clothes hanger ..............................................................3-127

Clutch fluid .....................................................................7-27

Compact spare tire replacement .....................................7-42

Crankcase emission control system................................7-86

Cruise control..................................................................5-99

Cup holder.....................................................................3-121

Curtain air bags...............................................................2-45

Daytime running light (DRL) .........................................3-87

Defroster

Rear window defroster .............................................3-117

Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Door locks.......................................................................3-13

Central door lock/unlock switch ................................3-15

Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-17

Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-17

Drive mode integrated control system............................5-51

DRIVE MODE...........................................................5-51

SPORT MODE...........................................................5-53

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......................5-95

Driver's air bag................................................................2-43

Driving at night.............................................................5-121

Driving in flooded areas ...............................................5-122

Driving in the rain.........................................................5-121

Dual clutch transmission.................................................5-29

Dual clutch transmission operation............................5-29

Transmission temperature gauge................................5-31

DCT warning messages..............................................5-32

Transmission ranges ...................................................5-34

Paddle shifter..............................................................5-36

Shift lock system ........................................................5-37

Good driving practices ...............................................5-38

Index

D

I-5

Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-19

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-45

Emergency towing ..........................................................6-29

Emission control system .................................................7-86

Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-86

Evaporative emission control System ........................7-86

Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-87

Engine compartment..................................................1-6, 7-3

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................7-54

Engine coolant ................................................................7-23

Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-41

Engine number ................................................................8-11

Engine oil ........................................................................7-21

Engine specification..........................................................8-2

Engine Start/Stop button ...................................................5-9

Evaporative emission control System.............................7-86

Event Data Recorder (EDR)...........................................F-10

Exhaust emission control system....................................7-87

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-18

Exterior care....................................................................7-78

Front view ....................................................................1-2

Rear view......................................................................1-3

Flat tire ............................................................................6-14

Changing compact spare tire......................................6-14

Tire mobility kit..........................................................6-20

Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-127

Fluid

Brake fluid..................................................................7-27

Clutch fluid.................................................................7-27

Washer fluid ...............................................................7-28

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system (Camera) ......................................................................5-63

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system (Fusion sensor) ............................................................5-75

Front seat adjustment ........................................................2-5

Forward and rearward adjustment................................2-6

Seatback angle..............................................................2-6

Reclining seatback........................................................2-6

Seat cushion height ......................................................2-7

Lumbar support ............................................................2-7

Front seat head restraints

Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-12

Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-12

Fuel filler door ................................................................3-36

Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-42

Fuel requirements .............................................................F-7

Fuel additives ...............................................................F-8 I

Index

E F

I-6

Fuses ...............................................................................7-52

Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-53

Fuse switch.................................................................7-54

Blade type fuse ...........................................................7-54

Cartridge type fuse .....................................................7-54

Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ............7-54

Main fuse....................................................................7-55

Multi fuse ...................................................................7-55

Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-56

Gauges and meters ..........................................................3-41

Glove box......................................................................3-119

Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2

Hazardous driving conditions .......................................5-120

Head restraints ................................................................2-10

Front seat head restraints............................................2-11

Rear seat restraints .....................................................2-13

Head up display ..............................................................3-77

Headlamp delay function................................................3-86

Headlamp position ..........................................................3-81

High beam operation.......................................................3-81

Highway driving ...........................................................5-122

Hill-start assist control (HAC)........................................5-48

Hood................................................................................3-33

Horn ................................................................................3-20

How to use this manual ....................................................F-6

If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly.........6-3

If the engine overheats......................................................6-6

If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...................6-2

If the engine stalls while driving ......................................6-2

If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start...........6-3

If the engine will not start.................................................6-3

If you have a flat tire while driving..................................6-3

Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6

Key ignition switch ......................................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop button ..............................................5-9

Immobilizer system.........................................................3-11

Improtant safety precautions.............................................2-2

Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2

Restrain all children .....................................................2-2

Air bag hazards ............................................................2-2

Driver distraction..........................................................2-2

Control your speed .......................................................2-2

Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-2

In case of emergency while driving..................................6-2

Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-21

Index

G

H

I

I-7

Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-39

Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-40

Gauges and meters .....................................................3-41

Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-44

Warning and indicator lights ......................................3-45

LCD display messages ...............................................3-66

LCD display control ...................................................3-73

Shift indicator pop-up ................................................3-45

LCD display modes....................................................3-63

User settings mode .....................................................3-66

Assist mode ................................................................3-65

Trip computer mode ...................................................3-64

Instrument panel fuse replacement .................................7-53

Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5

Interior care.....................................................................7-83

Interior features

Cup holder ................................................................3-121

Sunvisor....................................................................3-122

Power outlet..............................................................3-122

USB charger .............................................................3-123

Wireless cellular phone charging system.................3-124

Clock ........................................................................3-126

Clothes hanger..........................................................3-127

Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-127

Cargo area cover.......................................................3-128

Interior lights Front lamps ..............................................3-87

Rear lamps..................................................................3-88

Luggage compartment lamp.......................................3-89

Vanity mirror lamp .....................................................3-89

Interior overview...............................................................1-4

Jump starting.....................................................................6-4

Key ignition switch...........................................................5-6

Label

Vehicle certification label...........................................8-10

Tire specification and pressure label ..........................8-11

Refrigerant label .........................................................8-11

Lane change signals ........................................................3-85

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-87

I

Index

J

K

L

I-8

LCD display

LCD display modes....................................................3-63

Quick guide ................................................................3-63

Trip computer mode ...................................................3-64

User settings mode .....................................................3-66

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.........................................3-64

Assist mode ................................................................3-65

Master warning mode.................................................3-65

LCD display messages

Shift to P or N to start engine ....................................3-56

Shift to P.....................................................................3-56

Low key battery..........................................................3-57

Press brake pedal to start engine................................3-57

Press clutch pedal to start engine ...............................3-57

Key not in vehicle ......................................................3-57

Key not detected.........................................................3-57

Press START button again .........................................3-57

Press START button with key ....................................3-58

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse ...................................3-58

Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator .............................3-58

Battery discharging due to external electrical devices .....................................................3-58

Sunroof open indicator ...............................................3-59

Lights mode................................................................3-60

Wiper mode ................................................................3-60

Low pressure ..............................................................3-59

Turn on FUSE SWITCH............................................3-59

Low washer fluid........................................................3-60

Low fuel .....................................................................3-60

Engine overheated ......................................................3-60

Check headlight..........................................................3-61

Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system ...................3-61

Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system...3-61

Check Driver Attention Warning system ...................3-61

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............3-61

LCD display modes ........................................................3-63

Liftgate............................................................................3-34

Light ................................................................................3-80

Auto light position......................................................3-80

Parking lamp position ................................................3-81

Headlamp position......................................................3-81

High beam operation ..................................................3-81

High Beam Assist (HBA) system ..............................3-82

Turn signals ................................................................3-85

Lane change signals ...................................................3-85

Battery saver function ................................................3-86

Headlamp delay function ...........................................3-86

Daytime running light (DRL) ....................................3-87

Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-7

Luggage compartment lamp ...........................................3-89

Index

I-9

Main fuse ........................................................................7-55

Maintenance

Maintenance services ...................................................7-4

Owner maintenance......................................................7-5

Scheduled maintenance services ..................................7-7

Normal maintenance schedule ...........................7-8, 7-13

Maintenance under severe usage conditions.....7-11, 7-16

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-18

Tire maintenance ........................................................7-42

Maintenance services ........................................................7-4

Manual climate control system.......................................3-96

Mode selection ...........................................................3-97

Instrument panel vents ...............................................3-99

Temperature control ...................................................3-99

Air intake control .......................................................3-99

Fan speed control .....................................................3-100

Air conditioning .......................................................3-100

System maintenance.................................................3-102

Air conditioning refrigerant label.............................3-103

Manual transmission .......................................................5-18

Manual transmission operation ..................................5-18

Good driving practices ...............................................5-20

Master warning mode .....................................................3-65

Mirrors ............................................................................3-21

Inside rearview mirror................................................3-21

Blue Link center.......................................................3-22

Side view mirrors .......................................................3-22

Adjusting the side view mirrors .................................3-23

Folding/Unfolding the side view mirror ....................3-24

Multi fuse........................................................................7-55

Multimedia system............................................................4-2

AUX, USB and iPod port ..........................................4-2

Antenna ........................................................................4-2

Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3

Audio/Video/Navigation system ..................................4-4

Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands-free................4-4

Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-52

Odometer.........................................................................3-43

Oil (Engine) ....................................................................7-21

Outside temperature gauge .............................................3-43

Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5

I

Index

M

O

I-10

Paddle shifter .........................................................5-25, 5-36

Parking lamp position .....................................................3-81

Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-43

Power brakes...................................................................5-40

Power outlet ..................................................................3-122

Power window lock switch.............................................3-28

Pre-tensioner seat belt.....................................................2-23

Retractor pretensioner ................................................2-24

Emergency fastening device.......................................2-24

Range ..............................................................................3-43

Rear seat adjustment .........................................................2-8

Folding the rear seat .....................................................2-8

Rear seat head restraints .................................................2-13

Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-14

Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-14

Rear view monitor ..........................................................3-95

Rear window wiper and washer .....................................3-94

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-38

Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-7

Refrigerant label..............................................................8-11

Remote key .......................................................................3-3

Locking.........................................................................3-3

Unlocking .....................................................................3-4

Liftgate unlocking ........................................................3-4

Mechanical key ............................................................3-5

Battery replacement......................................................3-6

Removable towing hook .................................................6-28

Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-120

Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-39

Safety messages................................................................F-6

Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7

Seat belt warning light

Driver's seat ................................................................2-18

Front passenger's seat .................................................2-19

Seat belts .........................................................................2-17

Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-17

Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-18

Emergency locking retractor ......................................2-20

Shoulder belt extension guide ....................................2-22

Convertible locking retractor .....................................2-22

Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-23

Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-26

Seat belt use during pregnancy ..................................2-26

Seat belt use and children...........................................2-27

Transporting an injured person ..................................2-28

One person per belt ....................................................2-28

Index

P

R

S

I-11

Do not lie down..........................................................2-29

Care of seat belts ........................................................2-29

Periodic inspection .....................................................2-29

Keep belts clean and dry ............................................2-29

When to replace seat belts..........................................2-29

Seat warmers...................................................................2-14

Seats ..................................................................................2-3

Safety precautions ........................................................2-4

Front seat adjustment ...................................................2-5

Rear seat adjustment ....................................................2-8

Head restraints............................................................2-10

Front seat warmers .....................................................2-14

Side air bags....................................................................2-44

Side view mirrors............................................................3-22

Smart cruise control ......................................................5-104

Smart high beam .............................................................3-82

Smart key ..........................................................................3-6

Locking.........................................................................3-7

Unlocking .....................................................................3-7

Opening the liftgate......................................................3-8

Mechanical key ............................................................3-9

Battery replacement....................................................3-11

Smooth cornering..........................................................5-121

Snow tires .....................................................................5-123

Spare tire

Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-42

Special driving conditions

Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-120

Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-120

Smooth cornering .....................................................5-121

Driving at night ........................................................5-121

Driving in the rain ....................................................5-121

Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-122

Highway driving.......................................................5-122

Speedometer....................................................................3-41

Steering wheel

Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-19

Tilt steering/Telescope steering..................................3-20

Horn............................................................................3-20

Steering wheel audio controls...........................................4-3

Storage compartment ....................................................3-119

Center console storage..............................................3-119

Glove box .................................................................3-119

Sunglass holder ........................................................3-120

Sunglass holder .............................................................3-120

Sunroof inside air recirculation.....................................3-118

Sunvisor ........................................................................3-122

I

Index

I-12

Tachometer......................................................................3-41

Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-18

Tilt steering/Telescope steering ......................................3-20

Tire chains.....................................................................5-123

Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ................................................6-20

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ........................6-8

Tire rotation ....................................................................7-39

Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-11

Tires and wheels .............................................................7-37

Tire care ..............................................................7-37, 8-4

Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-38

Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-39

Tire rotation ................................................................7-39

Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-40

Tire replacement.........................................................7-41

Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-41

Wheel replacement .....................................................7-42

Tire maintenance ........................................................7-42

Tire traction ................................................................7-42

Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-42

Tire terminology and definitions................................7-46

All Season Tires .........................................................7-49

Summer Tires .............................................................7-49

Snow Tires..................................................................7-50

Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-50

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-50

Towing ............................................................................6-27

Trailer towing................................................................5-132

Trip computer..................................................................3-73

Average fuel economy................................................3-73

Instant fuel economy ..................................................3-73

Accumulated Info display ..........................................3-73

Driving Info display ...................................................3-75

Digital speedometer....................................................3-76

Smart shift ..................................................................3-76

Transmission temperature ..........................................3-76

Turn signals.....................................................................3-85

USB charger..................................................................3-123

User settings mode..........................................................3-66

Vanity mirror lamp..........................................................3-89

Vehicle break-in process...................................................F-9

Vehicle certification label ...............................................8-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-10

Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-127

Tire loading information label..................................5-128

Vehicle modification.........................................................F-9

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-47

Vehicle weight and luggage volume.................................8-6

Index

T

U

V

I-13

Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-45

Air bag warning light .................................................3-45

Seat belt warning light ...............................................3-45

Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ................3-46

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light ...........3-47

Electronic brake force warning light..........................3-47

Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light...........3-48

Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL).............................3-48

Charging system warning light ..................................3-49

Engine oil pressure warning light ..............................3-49

Low fuel level warning light......................................3-50

Washer fluid warning light.........................................3-50

Master warning light ..................................................3-50

Low tire pressure warning light .................................3-51

Icy road warning light ................................................3-54

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system warning light ...............................................3-56

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light...3-56

LED headlamp warning light ....................................3-54

Electronic stability control (ESC) indicator light ......3-51

Electronic stability control (ESC) OFF indicator light ..........................................................3-52

Immobilizer indicator light ........................................3-52

Turn signal indicator light ..........................................3-53

High beam indicator light ..........................................3-53

High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ...................3-54

Light ON indicator light.............................................3-53

Cruise indicator light..................................................3-55

SPORT mode indicator light ......................................3-55

SMART mode indicator light.....................................3-55

Washer fluid ....................................................................7-28

Welcome system .............................................................3-89

Headlamp and parking lamp ......................................3-89

Interior lamp...............................................................3-89

Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-40

Wheel replacement .........................................................7-42

Wide sunroof...................................................................3-29

Windows .........................................................................3-25

Power windows ..........................................................3-26

Auto up/down window...............................................3-27

Automatic reverse ......................................................3-27

Resetting the windows ...............................................3-27

Power window lock switch ........................................3-28

Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-113

Windshield washers ........................................................3-93

Windshield wipers...........................................................3-91

I

Index

W

I-14

Winter driving ...............................................................5-123

Snow tires .................................................................5-123

Tire chains ................................................................5-123

Winter Precautions........................................................5-125

Wiper blades replacement............................

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Veloster Hyundai works, you can view and download the Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Hyundai Veloster as well as other Hyundai manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Hyundai Veloster. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Hyundai Veloster 2.0 2019 Hatchback Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.